218
8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 1/218

US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 1/218

Page 2: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 2/218

-INCH 3-GUN TURRETS MAIN ARMAMENT FOR USS SALEM CLASS

31 JULY 1947

This publication is RESTRICTED and shall be safeguarded in accordance with the security provisions ofU. S. Navy Regulations, 1920, Article 76.

This Page Blank

NAVY DEPARTMENTBUREAU OF ORDNANCEWASHINGTON 25. D. C.

31 July 19

ORDNANCE PAMPHLET 1180 (VOLUME 1)

TURRET DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION,

-INCH THREE-GUN TURRETS, USS SALEM CLASS

. Ordnance Pamphlet 1180 (Volume 1) describes and provides operating and maintenance instructionsor the turret of the rapid-fire automatic 8-inch guns of heavy cruisers of the USS SALEM class. Itncludes appended general engineering data and Safety Precautions applying to the guns and to all otherurret installations.

. This publication, together with the references of paragraph three, provides complete information for allnstallations of the turrets. It is to be used by operating personnel, maintenance personnel ashore and

float, personnel of installing activities, inspectors, and the Advanced Technical Service Schools, and allther training activities providing instruction concerning the gun and its mount services.

. Ordnance Pamphlet 1180 (Volume 1) is one of a series of six volumes describing the turret, turretperation, and all of the turret installations. The other volumes are designated:

OP 1180 (Volume 2)-Guns and SlidesOP 1180 (Volume 3)-Elevating and Training Gear Drives and ControlsOP 1180 (Volume 4)-Ammunition Stowage and Hoist Equipment

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/index.htm (3 of 10)5/2/2006 16:17:36

Page 3: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 3/218

-INCH 3-GUN TURRETS MAIN ARMAMENT FOR USS SALEM CLASS

Auxiliary Installations 49

Power supply 49

Ventilating system 52

Sprinkling system 55

Communications 61

Illumination 65Air supply services 67

Gas ejector 67

Counterrecoil 68

Hydraulic equipment filter system 69

Chapter 2-Turret Operation

Introduction 71

Station activities and turret control methods 71

Firing cycle 73

Personnel organization 73

Crew stations 74

Personnel Duties 77

Turret officer 77

Turret captain 78

Talkers 79Computer operator 79

Radar operators 80

Electrician (turret officer's booth) 81

Gun captains 81

Gun captain's assistants 81

iv

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/index.htm (5 of 10)5/2/2006 16:17:36

Page 4: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 4/218

-INCH 3-GUN TURRETS MAIN ARMAMENT FOR USS SALEM CLASS

Page

Trainer 82

Sight setter 85

Pointer 87

Checker 87

Projectile ring operators 89

Projectile men 91

Parbucklers 91

Electrician (lower projectile flat) 91

Petty officer in charge (powder handling room) 91

Powdermen 93

Preparing for Operation 93

Manning stations 93Starting operations 94

Casting loose 95

Establishing communications 98

Ordnance Equipment Preparations and Starting Operations 98

Safety checks, operating precautions, and tests 99

Energizing main power circuit 99

Starting drives 99Setting controls; energizing control circuits 102

Firing Operations 104

First round 104

Normal automatic fire 108

Gun laying, firing 109

Turret operation, local control 113

Turret operation, hand (emergency) control 115Sighting 115

Range estimating 116

Gun Casualty Operations 117

Misfire operations 117

Manual case extraction 120

Manual case ejection 120

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/index.htm (6 of 10)5/2/2006 16:17:36

Page 5: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 5/218

-INCH 3-GUN TURRETS MAIN ARMAMENT FOR USS SALEM CLASS

Manual projectile extraction 120

Manual hoist operation 120

Securing Operations 121

Stopping equipment 121

Conditioning for stowing 123

Securing 123Stowing Ammunition 126

Stowage handling via the hoist route 128

Appendix

1. General Turret Data 131

2. Ordnance Data 133

3. Index of Assemblies 135

4. Safety Precautions 145

v

USS Salem-Armament Arrangement

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/index.htm (7 of 10)5/2/2006 16:17:36

Page 6: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 6/218

-INCH 3-GUN TURRETS MAIN ARMAMENT FOR USS SALEM CLASS

vi

8-INCH 3-GUN TURRETS

USS SALEM CLASS

INTRODUCTION

The ship

USS SALEM is the first of a new class of heavyruisers. The hull is larger; the belt and deckrmor are more extensive; and the fire power isreater than in ships of the BALTIMORE and

arlier classes. The displacement is 17,000 tons.Over-all length is 716.5 feet; the beam 76.5 feet.

The armament

Antiaircraft, secondary, and main batteries andire control installations include new ordnanceypes and new arrangements.

Antiaircraft batteries . Forty-eight minor-caliberuns comprise the defensive antiaircraftrmament. These guns are arranged in twoatteries; twelve twin mounts of 20-millimeter

machine guns are symmetrically located on theweather deck and in the superstructure; twelvewin mounts of 3-inch/50 caliber guns are em-laced on the weather deck and on pedestalsbove it.

The 3-inch mount is a new automatic, rapid-fireype, tactically replacing the 40-millimeterntiaircraft installations of earlier ships. The

mounts are located and arranged for independentr divided fire control. Four mounts are on the

weather deck-two forward on centerline, and twoft at the transom. Eight are amidship-four portnd four starboard-in positions that permit low-ngle fire over adjacent mounts of the secondary

Main battery. The main battery consists of three 8-inch 3-gun turrets, described in this ordnancepamphlet. They are rapid-fire, automatic turrets ofan entirely new design.

All three turrets are located on centerline, the gun

houses of turrets I and III being immediately abovethe weather deck while that of turret II is at the levelof the first superstructure deck. Turret centers are157.5, 205.5, and 538.5 feet (for turrets I, II, and IIIrespectively) from the bow. Gun trunnion axes, inthe same order, are 27 feet 9 inches, 36 feet 2inches, and 28 feet 9 inches above the 24-footwaterline. These positions and the large arcs of trainprovide fire concentration of nine guns on eitherbeam, six forward and three astern.

All turrets are virtually identical. Their gun houseand below-deck structures, emplacements,magazines, and Ordnance installations only differ inminor details, adapting each to its ship location andthe fire control plan.

Turret structural and space arrangement planshowever differ substantially from the conventionalturret designs of all previous battleships andcruisers. This difference is due, in part, to the use ofsemifixed ammunition, for the first time inOrdnance of this size, and, in part, to the designtypes and details of the guns and the ammunitionhandling equipment. These ammunition andOrdnance equipment designs have permitted andrequired omission of flameproof bulkheadsseparating the guns, the control stations, and the

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/index.htm (8 of 10)5/2/2006 16:17:36

Page 7: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 7/218

-INCH 3-GUN TURRETS MAIN ARMAMENT FOR USS SALEM CLASS

attery.

econdary battery . Six twin 5-inch, enclosed,ual-purpose mounts, of the same type andrrangement of earlier cruisers, comprise theecondary battery. They are located as follows:wo port, two starboard on the weather deck

midship, and one before and one abaft theuperstructure, on centerline at the seconduperstructure deck.

powder service.

The emplacements are conventional foundationstructure, barbette, and magazine designs. Theirarrangements are quite similar to those of earlierheavy cruisers, differing principally in the magazinestowage provisions and powder-passing scuttles for

powder cases instead of powder bags.

vii

n their Ordnance installations, the turrets arentirely new. The guns operate automatically, andequire no attendants in the gun compartment;hey fire at three times the rate of the 3-gun turretsf the BALTIMORES. Other features are:omparatively fast gun laying and turret trainrives; loading at all angles, while gun laying;ubstitution of radar range taking equipment forptical rangefinder; local radar train control;utomatic fuze setting; and other original fireontrol arrangements for local and remote control.

ire control installations . The ship's fire control

nstallations comprise extensive arrangement ofptical and radar director equipment, together

with related computing and stabilizing devices.The system is more complex than that of any priorruiser. It includes forward and after main batteryirectors; four secondary battery directors, oneach located forward, port, starboard and aft;

multiple directors for

the 3-inch mounts; and four plotting rooms, twoeach for main and secondary batteries. Plotswitching arrangements permit many variations ofcontrol.

Main directors are combination radar and opticalrangefinder types, adapted, with their plotting roomequipments, for divided turret control or singlecontrol of all turrets, using remote automatic orremote indicating control.

Secondary directors are of two types. The onesabove the superstructure, on centerline, are

combination radar and optical rangefinder types ofmodified Mk 37 design. The other two are an all-radar type of new variation of a similar design.These directors and their switching circuits arearranged to function as auxiliary directors for themain battery.

The directors for the 3-inch battery are fast-tracking,lead computing, gun sight combinations of radar-

ranging and open sight arrangement.viii

Next Part

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/index.htm (9 of 10)5/2/2006 16:17:36

Page 8: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 8/218

-INCH 3-GUN TURRETS MAIN ARMAMENT FOR USS SALEM CLASS

Copyright (C) 2006 Historic Naval Ships Association All Rights ReservedLegal Notices and Privacy Policy Version 1.00, 1 Apr 06

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/index.htm (10 of 10)5/2/2006 16:17:36

Page 9: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 9/218

earch Cruiser 8-Inch Gun Turret Manual

Search Cruiser 8-Inch Gun Turret Manual

Match: Format: Sort by:

Search:

Return to the Historic Naval Ships Association home page .All Rights Reserved.Legal Notices and Privacy Policy Version 1.00, 2 Apr 06

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/search.htm5/2/2006 16:17:37

All Long Score

Search

Page 10: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 10/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Chapter I

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE TURRET

ch turret consists of the followinguctural units and equipmentstallations:

ructural assembly Rotating structureTurret roller bearing Turret circularundation Ordnance installations Guns

Gun laying equipment Ammunitionists Ammunition stowing equipment

Ammunition handling equipment Firentrol equipment Auxiliary installationsower supply Heating system

Ventilating system Fire protectionrinkling system Turret illumination

Communications Compressed airpply systems

TRUCTURAL ASSEMBLY

he three large units comprising theuctural assembly are the fixed and

ovable parts designated in the profileagram of figure 1. They are a circularundation, a rotating structure, and aller bearing between the two.

he circular foundation consists of partsilt into the ship to support and protecte rotating structure. These parts are theundation bulkhead, barbette, and other

xed elements described on pages 10-13.

he roller bearing is the turret rolleraring assembly described on pages 8-.

he rotating structure is the part that isated on the bearing and that mounts andcloses all the ordnance mechanisms and

Rotating structure

The rotating structure is a steel weldment nearly 45 feet

high, weighing 270 tons, consisting principally of thestructural plates identified in figure 2. It is a five-storystructure erected in the form of a rectangular gun houseabove a cylindrical assembly of four flats.

The plates identifying the five levels are: the shelf plate atthe bottom of the gun house, the pan plate at the bottom ofthe gun pits, two levels called the upper and lower projectileflats, and, at the lowest level, the powder handling platform.

These plates are joined together by a cylindrical bulkheadand gun girders between the shelf and pan plates, a idanother cylindrical

Figure 1. Turret Structure Fixed and Rotating Elements

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (1 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 11: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 11/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

xiliary installations. This rotatingucture is the armored gun house, theucture beneath the gun house, and theached hatches, doors, ladders, trusses,d special devices described in theragraphs which follow.

1

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (2 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 12: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 12/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 2. Turret Subdivisions and Principal Structural Units

2

lkhead and a central column extending from then to the powder platform. The column, bothlkheads, and the outer edges of all floor plates

low the shelf plate are concentric with the turretnter of train rotation. This arrangement-and theelded construction of all plates, girders andlkheads-ties the entire rotating structuregether in one rigid unit. It divides the turret intoprincipal functional spaces of gunmpartment and ammunition handlingmpartments. Those spaces are within thellowing over-all measurements:

Dimensions, Rotating Structure

rtical distances:-

Powder platform to lower projectileat

10 ft.

Lower projectile flat to upperojectile flat

7 ft. 6 in.

Upper projectile flat to pan plate 9 ft. 7 in.

Pan plate to shelf plate 8 ft. 7 in.

Shelf plate to turret roof plate 9 ft.

un house length 32 ft. 10 in.

un house width 30 ft. 8 in.

iameter at pan plate 24 ft. 3 in.

pper projectile flat diameter 22 ft. 10 in.

ower projectile flat diameter 22 ft. 10 in.owder handling platform diameter 14 ft. 4 in.

entral column diameter 22 in.

ower circular bulkhead diameter 14 ft. 4 in.

un house structural plan

he space enclosed between the gun house roof

Wing girders isolate two small spaces between theiroutboard sides and the circular bulkhead. These arecalled the pan plate wing chambers, left and right. In

each a series of vertical plates, transversely placedand welded between the bulkhead and the girder,stiffen the girder and the pan plate. These details andthe arrangement of access openings in each plategirder and within the wing compartments are shownin figure 3.

Truss girder details are also illustrated in figure 3.Each is a weldment of two parallel plates with web

bracing and stiffening plates. They are transverselystiffened with box structures at the front, extendingfrom wing girder to wing girder. In the interior openspaces of both truss girders, electric cabinets,hydraulic system tanks, and other equipment aremounted. These installations fill the trusses-exceptfor personnel passages between pockets, at the rear.

All four girders extend above the shelf plate to the

level of an elevated floor of the gun house. Theforward portion of each has two structuralextensions that extend nearly to the

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (3 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 13: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 13/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

d the pan plate is not subdivided by flamerriers. This 17-foot high gun and gun pitmpartment is formed and partially subdividedthe following design arrangements.

un pit details . Extending vertically above then plate (and supported by it) are five major

mponents of the turret. These are the enclosingcular bulkhead and four gun girders. The latter

e longitudinally parallel, vertical units dividinge gun pit into three pockets.

l gun pockets are approximately the same size:ch is ten feet deep and seven feet wide, and theerage length within the curving end walls is 22et. The gun girders that form their parallel sides

e different design types; the outer, or wing,rders are plate structures; the center units areuss girders.

Figure 3. Gun Girder Construction

3

rret roof plate. These extensions are shown ingure 3. One is a seat for a deck lug bearing; theher is a support for a curved guide rail that is anement of the ammunition hoists described onges 37-41.

un house details . The shelf plate is welded toe above-described gun pit structure, resting one circular bulkhead and abutting the two wingrders. It extends outboard beyond the circularlkhead, overhanging slightly at the front and

des and nearly nine feet at the rear. It is cutway in the area between the wing girders,oviding a clear opening above all three gun pits.

rallel with the shelf plate and elevated 18ches above it, are floor plates. These form antinuous floor throughout the gun house,cluding the top plates of the truss girders, exceptr the gun pit area and two depressed controlation areas, one at the right side and one

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (4 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 14: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 14/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

posite at the left side.

the space under the floor, floor beams andffening plates, together with the shelf plate,rm a rigid box structure. This structure issigned to receive and support the gun housemor at its outer edges, and, in the space between

elf and floor plates, to accommodate units of thentilating system described on pages 52-55.

hree transverse arch-beams rise from the shelfucture and extend across the gun pits,

Figure 4. Gun Port Arrangement

Figure 5. Gun Port Gas and Water Seal Details

six feet above the floor level. These large structuralcolumns and beams .are armor plate supports. With

the shelf structure and the armor plates, theyconstitute ,the entire gun house structure.

Armor . The armor plates consist of nine piecesshaped, fitted, and welded together to form anintegral structure. Their identities and thicknessesare:

Face plate 8 inches

Front side plates, right andleft

3.75 inches

Rear side plates, right and left 2 inches

Rear plate 2 inches

Roof plates, front, center, rear 4 inches

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (5 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 15: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 15/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 2 shows the assembled form of the armorplates and details of the attached foot

4

d hand rails, ladders, and platform. Face andde plates slope inward; the rear plate is vertical.

tached devices and the openings in the armorffer for the three turrets; the arrangements of theustration, for turret II, are the most extensive.

he armor openings of turrets II and III are theme. Each has 13 openings. These are: three gunrts, three sight hood openings, two periscoped two antenna openings, and three accessorways. Turret I openings are the same, except

r omission of the antenna holes in the roof plate.ccess doors in all turrets are located in the rearate. These and all other

openings, with exception of the gun ports, are fittedwith conventional gasket seals or fabric bucklers.

They are arrangements that make the gun house aweather and gas sealed enclosure.

Gun ports. Arrangements for sealing the three gunports are fixed and moving and inflated elements ofspecial design. They are the arrangements illustratedin figure 4. These consist of a weldment of splinterplates on the rear side of the face plate, a matingshield plate on the gun slide, an air hose sealing

device, and, on the exterior, a large fabric buckler.

Figure 5 shows the details of the special gun port gasand weather sealing device. This device

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (6 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 16: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 16/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Gun Port Buckler

5

a leather strip that encircles the edge of thelinter plate weldment and bears on the surfacethe moving gun port shield. A rubber hose,

stended by compressed air, is secured inecial fittings and clamps, so that it pressesainst the leather strip to assure mechanicalal. Air supply for this seal is tapped from thes ejector system described on pages 67-68.

gure 6 shows the details of the buckler. Itcludes a steel weldment called a buckler tubetension, mounted on the gun slide. This units a water seal between the extension and thecoiling surface of the gun. A laminated fabric

of the three lower levels of the turret. It is suspendedfrom the pan plate and the upper roller path.

Upper roller path . The upper roller path is a largeforged steel ring, 24 feet in diameter, secured under

the pan plate and the circular bulkhead and concentricwith the train axis and the cylindrical structure. It isthe upper race of the turret roller bearing. The bottomface is a precisely milled horizontal surface 13 feetbelow the gun trunnion axis. From this bearingsurface, the suspended structure hangs 27 feet to thelevel of the powder flat.

Suspended structure details . The main units of the

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (7 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 17: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 17/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

ckler* is clamped to this tube extension andso to a buckler attaching band bolted on thece plate.

un house subdivision . No bulkheadsbdivide the interior of the armored enclosure,t pipe stanchions and rails enclose the rear and

o sides of the gun pits. On the rear line ofanchions and rails are mounted many controlstruments and devices. These form a partiallkhead separating the gun compartment frome turret overhang space called the turretficer's booth.

ccess passage between the booth and wingaces and the gun pits is provided by the

llowing arrangements. Left and right sightntrol station areas are directly accessible frome booth by narrow walkways at the sides of then pits. Similar narrow walkways along theps of the two truss girders are unobstructed byors and give access passage from the bootho the gun compartment. Ladders at the rear of

e gun pits permit passage between the boothd the pan. At the left side, a floor hatch and

dder give access to the left wing compartmentthe pan and thence to the forward part of thet gun pocket.

spended structure

he portion of the rotating structure extendinglow the pan plate is a suspended structure thatisolated from the gun house and gun pits

cept for conventional flame-tight hatches ine pan plate, one at the rear center and tworward. This structure consists

Tentative material; actual specification of thisaterial or alternate leather buckler not provideddate of this publication.

suspended structure are the lower circular bulkhead,the central column, the upper and lower projectileflats, and the powder handling platform.

The column and the bulkhead are continuous steelcylinders fastened to the pan plate and extendingthrough and supporting all three floor structures. On

each level the bulkhead has cutaway sections. Theseprovide access archways through the cylinder on thetwo projectile flats and form an open sector for part ofthe powder handling platform. A straight bulkhead,built-in with the ammunition hoists described onpages 37-41, encloses the remaining portion at thebottom level. This forms a semicircular compartmentthat is partitioned into three small storerooms,flameproofed from the surrounding powder handling

space and from each other. Although they areidentified as "storerooms," these three sub-compartments are primarily fire-hazard safety spaces.They are flame isolating chambers. Each confines thedownward flame and explosion of a powder hoist fire,permitting limited expansion but blocking the firehazard from the other hoists, the powder handlingspace, and the magazines. This purpose limits thetype and amount of storage permitted in the threechambers to noninflammable tools and accessories ofsmall volume.

Both the upper and the lower projectile flats / areidentical in compartment subdivisions and spacearrangements. The circular bulkhead separates eachflat into an inner circular compartment, and an outerring-shaped space. The latter is 23 feet in diameterand is enclosed by the foundation bulkhead of thefixed structure.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (8 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 18: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 18/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

6

Figure 7. Projectile Ring Arrangement the floor of both compartments are roller-

ounted circular platforms. These are at the outermits of each space and concentric with thentral column and the circular bulkhead. Theye rotating platforms that are power-driven by theuipment described on pp. 49-50. The toprface of each is flush with the adjacent floorates of the flat. These units are projectileowage platforms called projectile rings. Each isintegral platform weldment with an enclosingcular coaming, arranged with chain lashingsd other details as illustrated in figure 7. Theatforms are 16.75 inches wide and their outerameters are 14 feet 1.5 inches and 22 feet 11ches for the inner and outer rings respectively.heir projectile capacities and other data arecluded with the descriptions of the ordnancestallations on pages 19-21.

A cross web of heavy I-beams, passing through thecircular bulkhead, supports the floor plates and thetwo stowage rings of each projectile flat. It is anexceptionally heavy floor-beam construction, cross-braced by other beams, stiffened by the platformplates, and designed to carry the large floor loadsand particularly the cantilever outer ring loadswithout apparent deflection.

The structural details of the upper flat include amajor difference. In the inner compartment a heavytransverse platform, in the forward sector, extendsacross the compartment above the projectile ring.This is a supporting platform for mounting some ofthe units of the train power drive.

Access facilities between the projectile and powder

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (9 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 19: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 19/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

flats are vertical ladders located under hatches at therear of the turret. These hatches

7

the projectile flats are vertically under the rearme-tight hatch of the pan plate. Together they

ovide a clear hoist strike, for removing andstalling equipment, between the gun house ande powder handling compartment.

irt plate . A cylindrical plate hangs from thettom of the pan plate into the projectile stowageace of the outer compartment of the upperojectile flat. This is called the cylindrical

skirt plate. It is a functional element of the turretturning installation and not a structural member. On

it are mounted the units that hold the rotatingstructure down and that buff the turning movementsat train limits. These parts are the holding-downclips and the hydraulic training buffer identified infigure 8.

Turret roller bearing

The rotating structure turns on the roller

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (10 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 20: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 20/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 8. Turret Roller Carriage Arrangement

8

Figure 9. Cage Sector and Roller Spacing Details aring assembly shown in figure 8. This unit is anventional turret bearing design. It is supporteda lower roller track unit of the fixed structure

scribed on the next page.

aring components . The bearing consists of 96lers assembled in 12 cage sectors that areached together by butt straps to form a 360°aring ring. Its outside diameter is slightly morean 24 feet.

ollers . All rollers are identical. Each is a tapered

roller tracks of the upper and lower races or rollerpaths. Each roller is drilled, bushed, and fitted with aspindle bolt. This bolt locates and retains the rollerin a precisely allotted position in the cage sector.

Cage sectors . The twelve cage sectors are alike asto construction, but differ as to the assembledpositions of the eight rollers retained by each. Thisdifference applies to variations in the spacesbetween the axes of the 24 rollers of a quadrant; allfour quadrants are alike. Thus in each quadrant ofthree 30° sectors, the spaces between rollers vary by

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (11 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 21: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 21/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

ller of forged steel with integral flanges, 10.5ches across flanges, 6.75 inches maximumameter (at the inner flange) , providing linearntact of eight inches on the

increasing increments that are constant for eachsector but differ

9

Figure 10. Lower Roller Path, Training Bufferand Train Stop Arrangement

value for the three sectors. The spacing data ofypical quadrant are indicated in figure 9. Inctor No. 1, the distances between rollerscrease clockwise by increments equal to fournutes of arc, in sector No. 2 by six minutes of

c, and in sector No. 3 by eight minutes of arc.

he design arrangement is for the purpose ofeventing "brinelling," or roller pathformation, from developing at the points ofear contact-a condition that would developder firing and sea-way load stresses if all spaces

ere equal.

oller access . The arrangements of the cagectors and the turret structure provide for

may be jacked until the roller flange can clear thetracks, sliding the roller from the spindle boltwithout disturbing the outer cage ring or spindle.

Fixed structure

The fixed, or nonrotating, turret structure consists ofthe circular foundation, lower roller path, powderhandling flat, base casting, and barbette. Their form

and relative positions are indicated in figure 1.

Turret circular foundations . Turret circularfoundations differ for the three turrets. Each is alarge cylindrical steel weldment, 23 feet 8 inches indiameter, supported and secured at the ship's secondplatform. For turret I this cylinder extends upward25 feet 2 inches above the second platform; forturret II, 33 feet 3 inches; and for turret III, 24 feet 2

inches.

Each circular foundation is a stand for the lowerroller track unit. See page 11. In addition, it is anenclosing bulkhead for the projectile and powderhandling compartments and provides attachedelements that function with the arrangements ofthose compartments and the turret turningmechanism. These elements are training stops, flameseals, and powder scuttles.

Two training stops are located near the top of thefoundation in the way of the training buffer, asshown in figures 8 and 10.

Two flame seals isolate the ammunition flats. Theyare angle brackets formed into complete rings. Eachis mounted on the bulkhead so that it mates with a

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (12 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 22: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 22/218

Page 23: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 23/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

cle. This rack is a 360° gear of 196 teeth and6-inch pitch diameter. It is the fixed gear of therret turning drive described on page 29.

ase casting . The lowest element of the fixeducture is the base casting. This part is a largenged and hollow pintle, of 22.5-inch diameter,

eet high, that is secured below the secondatform and is accurately centered beneath therret center of rotation. It is a dual purposeement, functioning to align the rotating structured to lead-in the communications, power, and airpply. It extends into and provides a radialaring for the lower end of the central column. Acular plate, horizontally positioned at thettom and drilled in a pattern of equally spaced

les, separates the cables and prevents them fromafing. These features are shown in figure 11.

arbette . The barbette is an assembled cylinderheavy armor plate consisting of sevenlindrical segments. These are joined by dovetailys and, at the abutting decks, by deck

Figure 11. Base Casting and Central ColumnWiring Tube Arrangements

11

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (14 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 24: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 24/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 12. Turret General Arrangement, Longitudinal Section

12

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (15 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 25: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 25/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

am straps, the whole forming a built-in unit thatcloses all of the turret that is not protected bye belt, deck, and gun house armor. Its outsideameter is 27 feet. It extends vertically upwardom the third deck, through the second andeather decks and above the latter to a plane onech below the shelf plate. Thus the three

rbettes of the ship have different heightscause of the different heights of the foundationlkheads and the positions of the roller tracksth respect to the weather deck. For turret I thisrbette dimension is 19 feet; for turret II 27 feetnches; and for turret III 20 feet.

arbettes differ also in thicknesses of plates. Theandard thickness is 6.3 inches for the entire

rimeter of turret III and for six plates each ofrrets I and II. One plate each of the barbettes ofrrets I and II is 5.5 inches thick. These are theposing 45° segments of those barbettes.

l barbettes are supported at their lower edges byge, heavy steel plate, flanged brackets that areached to the outside of the respective turretcular foundation. These brackets are entirely

low the armored, third deck and are in thespective powder magazine compartments. Thisnstruction of supporting brackets is otherwiseffened and braced by weldment of the abuttingck seam straps and other details at the juncturethe barbettes with the three decks.

he space within the barbette brackets, betweene circular foundation, the brackets, and the

rbette, is isolated from the magazines. But it hasrtable plate access to ladders on the outside ofe foundation. These provide access to theterior cage sectors of the turret roller bearing.

RDNANCE INSTALLATIONS

he ordnance installations mounted in the turrettating structure described in the preceding text

Gun equipmentGun laying equipmentAmmunition hoistsAmmunition stowing equipmentAmmunition handling equipmentFire control equipment

Turret ordnance assembly differences . Theseveral types of equipment are identical turretassemblies in all turrets, with exception of the firecontrol equipment of turret I. In that turret, the radarassemblies and certain instruments associated withturret local control are omitted.

Turret ordnance design identities . The equipmeof the above types comprising each turret assembly

includes one or more units of the following 8-inchOrdnance design identities, with exception of theomissions mentioned in the preceding paragraph.

GUN UNITS, 8-INCHGun Mk 16 Mod 0Housing Mk 1 Mods 0 and 1Gas Ejector Mk 16 Mod 0Slide Mk 20 Mods 0 and 1

Rammer Mk 18 Mods 0 and 1Case Ejector Mk 1 Mods 0 and 1Slide power equipmentDeck Lug Mk 18 Mods 0 and 1

GUN LAYING EQUIPMENT, 8-INCHElevating Gear Mk 23 Mods 0, 1, and 2Training Gear Mk 22 Mod 0

AMMUNITION HOISTS, 8-INCHProjectile Hoist Mk 31 Mods 0, 1, and 2Powder Hoist Mk 36 Mods 0 and 1

AMMUNITION STOWING EQUIPMENT, 8-INCH

Projectile Ring Mk 1 Mod 0

AMMUNITION HANDLING EQUIPMENT, 8-

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (16 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 26: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 26/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

nsist of the units identified and arranged asown in the vertical sections of the turret, figuresand 13, and the turret floor plans of figures 1421 inclusive. These installations comprise thellowing types of equipment.

dnance types . Each turret ordnance assembly

nsists of units of the following types:

INCHParbuckling Gear Mk 1 Mod 0

FIRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT8-inch Sight Mk 32 Mod 08-inch Elevation Gun Attachment Mk 7 Mods 0, 1,

and 2

8-inch Training Gun Attachment Mk 7Mod 0 Fuze Setter Mk 20 Mod 08-inch Firing Circuit Mk 8 Mod 0Train Receiver-Regulator Mk 25 Mods 0, 1, and 2

13

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (17 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 27: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 27/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 13. Turret General Arrangement Transverse Section

14

Figure 14. Gun House Ordnance Equipment. Plan View

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (18 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 28: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 28/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

RE CONTROL EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)Gun Elevation Indicator-Regulator Mk 47 Mod 0Error Reducer Mk 1 Mod 0

Fuze Setting Receiver-Regulator Mk 1 Mod 1Radar Equipment Mk 27 Mod 0Antenna Train Drive Mk 5 Mod 0

15

Figure 15. Ordnance Equipment Above Pan Plate. General Arrangement. Plan View

RE CONTROL EQUIPMENT (CONCLUDED)Computer Mk 3 Mod 9Multiple Turret Train Indicator Mk 12 Mods 7d 9

Gun Elevation Indicator Mk 45 Mod 0

Gun Train Indicator Mk 25 Mod 7Gun Elevation Order Transmitter Mk 4Mod 0 Sight Setter's Indicator Mk 8 Mod 0Turret Train Order Transmitter Mk 14Mod 1 Periscope Mk 20 Mod 5

eriscope Mount Mk 5 Mod 15 Telescope Mk 53od 1

Telescope Mk 98 Mod 0Telescope Mk 99 Mod 0

the tabulations of 8-inch Turret Assembliesappended at the back of this book. These listingsinclude references identifying the Fire ControlEquipment Sketch Lists of Assemblies and theTurret Ordnance Equipment Sketch Lists of

Assemblies for every turret installation of CA 139class.

Turret ordnance location arrangements . Allordnance items listed on pp. 13-16 are mounted inthe rotating structure as indicated in the ensuingdescription of the five floor levels.

Gun house ordnance arrangement . Figure 14

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (19 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 29: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 29/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

rret ordnance assembly references . Theact number and identity of each of thesemponents of the turret assemblies are listed in

shows the location arrangements of all ordnanceequipment in the gun house, with exception of thesight and gun attachment shaft transmissionsystems. These are located at the front above theguns, transversely spanning the compartment, andunder the floor at the

16

des and rear of the gun pits. In addition to thednance installations, the picture also shows thesitions and relative sizes of some large elementsthe ventilating and sprinkling auxiliary

stallations described on pp. 52-60.

the gun house are located all units of all three

ns, except the forward portions of the barrelsd the power plants of their slide poweruipments The latter are located two levelslow.

Other principal units in this space are components ofthe fire control equipment. They are grouped inthree locations; trainer and sight setter controls atthe right side, pointer and checker controls at the leftside, and controls for the turret officer, the turretcaptain, the three gun captains, the radar controloperators, and the computer operators in the boothover the overhang at the rear of the compartment.Many elements of these controls are mounted

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (20 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 30: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 30/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 16. Ordnance Equipment on Pan Plate. General Arrangement. Plan View

17

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (21 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 31: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 31/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 17. Ordnance Equipment Above Upper Projectile Flat. General Arrangement. Plan

View panels under the rear transverse roof girder and

e not shown in the figure. They are identified ine descriptions of the fire control arrangementspages 43-45.

un pits ordnance arrangement . Figures 15 andshow the location arrangements of all ordnance

uipment in the gun pits; units immediately

der the guns are designated in figure 15, whileose on the pan plate or on platform structurese located just above the pan in figure 16.

the gun pits are located all components of threeevating gear drives and their indicator-regulatorntrols, parts of the training gear drive, the upperds of six ammunition hoists,

three fuze setters and fuze setting regulators, electriccontroller cabinets, and many tank and otherdevices. of the elevating and training gears. Many ofthese units are mounted within the void spaces ofthe two truss girders.

Two important access hatches are indicated in figure16. These are control station hatches giving access

to the emergency gun laying stations for the rightand center guns. They are reached by ladders fromthe upper projectile flat. The similar station for theleft gun is manned from the gun house via a hatchindicated in figure 14 and thence through the leftwing girder compartment and the archwaydesignated on figure 16.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (22 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 32: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 32/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

18

pper projectile flat ordnance arrangement .gures 17 and 18 show the location arrangementsall ordnance equipment and of stowed

mmunition units in the upper projectile flat

mpartments. Figure 17 designates the units thate above the floor and overhead; figure 18 thosethe floor.

the inner compartment of this space are fourmmunition hoists, three principal units of the

ining gear drive, eight electric power cabinets, age hydraulic oil reservoir, and a motor, pump,d tank of a training gear lubricating system, all

shown in figure 17; also

two projectile ring drives, a parbuckling gear motor,gypsy head, and steady arm mechanism, 74 serviceprojectiles, and three drill projectiles, as identified infigure 18.

In the outer compartment are two ammunitionhoists, a whip hoist, two large hydraulic reservoirs,training gear control motor, receiver-regulator andmain driving pinion, as indicated in figure 17, and,nine power plants for hoists and slide equipment,two parbuckling gypsy heads, two steady armmechanisms, and 151 service projectiles and fourdrill projectiles, all as shown in figure 18.

Figure 18. Ordnance Equipment on Upper Projectile Flat General Arrangement. Plan

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (23 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 33: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 33/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

View

19

Figure 19. Ordnance Equipment Above Lower Projectile Flat General Arrangement. PlanView

his congested flat has clear areas for handlingojectiles in the immediate vicinity of the threeojectile hoists only.

wer projectile flat ordnance arrangement .

he arrangements of the lower projectile flat aremilar to those of the upper flat with respect toe ammunition hoists, parbuckling gear, andojectile ring installations. Projectile stowage ise same, with the exception of one additionalill projectile. These arrangements and thellowing differing details are indicated in figuresand 20.

power drive controllers except the elevating andtraining gear drive controllers, which are in the gunpits (fig. 16).

In the outer compartment, three large relay tanks of

the gas ejector air supply system are mounted in theforward quadrant. This compartment has space forstowing 40 additional projectiles in the forwardsectors, but the initial turret designs do not includestowing brackets and lashings.

Powder handling flat ordnance arrangement .Figure 21 shows the arrangements at the bottom ofthe turret. These include three powder hoists and

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (24 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 34: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 34/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

the inner compartment, 15 electric controllerbinets are mounted on the circular bulkheader the projectile stowage, as shown in figure 19.

hese comprise all of the ordnance

their loading scuttles, and six magazine scuttles.

20

his picture also indicates three compartmentbdivisions in the rotating structure.* These arescellaneous store rooms for powder drill cases,

rret tools and accessories, and an oil clarifyingant. The latter is a Skinner pump, filter, tanks,d pipe system for flush-cleaning the hydraulicive units and purifying the hydraulic fluid.

dnance designs

he installation arrangements described on pagesto 26 include design features, details

or an explanation of this compartment anductural arrangement, see page 6.

of construction, and functional relations ofequipment controls that adapt the assemblies forcontinuous automatic fire. These are mechanical,electrical, and hydraulic operating and controllingdevices which enable the guns to be separatelyserved and loaded but provide for different methodsof selective control of all guns and the turret, so thatthe turret is controlled as a unit. They constitute newturret operating and coordinating systems. Thefeatures of each type of assembly that provide thesecharacteristics are briefly indicated in thedescriptions beginning on page 22.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (25 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 35: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 35/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 20. Ordnance Equipment on Lower Projectile Flat General Arrangement. Plan

View

21

un and slide assemblies

gures 22, 23, and 24 show the assembled arrangements of a typical gun. This unit consists of a gun, gunusing, gas ejector, slide, rammer, and case ejector.

un . The gun is a two-piece 8-inch/55-caliber design consisting of a tube and a rifled liner. It is a "loose"sembly, the liner being fitted for convenient removal and replacement on board ship. Powder chamberd breech designs provide for pre-loaded semifixed ammunition.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (26 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 36: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 36/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 21. Powder Handling Flat. General Arrangement Plan View

22

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (27 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 37: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 37/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 22. Gun and Slide Equipment. General Arrangement Bottom View un housing . The breech mechanism is a slidingock type similar to the 6-inch/47-caliber lightuiser gun arrangements. It includes hydraulicwer cylinder and manual operating devices, asown in figure 25. The unit is part of the largeeel forging designated "housing" which isached on the gun shoulder and rear cylinder by

bayonet-type joint.

as ejector . Internal air leads and nozzles of theusing and connecting air lines and air porting

valve on the slide comprise the gas ejector system.Their arrangements are shown in figure 26. Thissystem is entirely automatic, porting air to thebreech nozzles when the case extractors operate andcutting off flow according to time-setting of a pilotvalve.

Slide . The gun slide is a loading-tray type. Itsupports the gun and housing in a cylindricalbearing and two parallel rails. It controls gun recoilthrough a hydraulic cylinder unit as

23

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (28 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 38: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 38/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 23. Gun and Slide General Arrangement Right Side

Figure 24. Gun and Slide General Arrangement Left Side

24

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (29 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 39: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 39/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 25. Gun and Housing Arrangement own in figure 25, and returns the gun to batterymeans of a conventional hydropneumatic

unterrecoil cylinder unit. Its loading-tray designcludes two large tubular transfer trays, hingedd operated by hydraulic cylinders arranged asown in figures 23 and 24.

hese trays fold inboard into ramming position in

gnment with the bore and a power-operatedlding chain rammer. The power unit is adraulic motor, mounted at the rear and coupleda large chain sprocket.

he powder transfer tray of this loading trayrangement has an attached tray that is mountedcurving rails. This tray is called an

empty-case tray. In firing position it is aligned withthe bore and receives extracted empty powder cases.When the transfer trays move to loading position forramming the next round, the empty-case tray dumpsthe empty case into a compartment at the rear andbottom of the slide. In the floor of this compartmentis an endless chain conveyor, driven by a hydraulicmotor, arranged as indicated in figure 22. Thisconveyor thrusts the empty case into a tube thatextends through the gun port shield and the front ofthe turret.

The slide is pivoted by means of trunnions in rollerbearings supported in deck lugs that are

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (30 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 40: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 40/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

25

Figure 26. Gas Ejector System. General Arrangement ached to gun girder extensions illustrated in figureIn this position, the entire assembly of gun andde is balanced, and the elevating arc indicated ine pictures is meshed with a spur pinion of a speed

ducer of the elevating gear mechanism.

he trunnion arrangements of the slide includeurnals for mounting two cradle units. These areements of the ammunition hoists described onges 37-41.

ide power equipment . The breech mechanism,e transfer trays, and the rammer and case ejector

draulic operating units receive hydraulic powerr performing their actions from a hydropneumaticcumulator. This unit consists of the large verticallinder and two air flasks mounted at the side ofe slide as shown in figure 23. It is connected by antensive system of hydraulic pipes to all operatingits and to a pump that is mounted with its electricotor on the upper projectile flat, as shown in figure. A feature of this power operating arrangement is

Slide equipment control system. Hydraulic poweroperations of the gun units are controlled by anelectric installation of switches and solenoids.These are limit and interlock switches and valve

operating solenoids on the breech, rammer, trayand case ejector mechanisms, and controlswitches of a gun captain's control panel. Thelatter is mounted at the rear of the gun in the turretofficer's booth. Its interconnecting system of wirecircuits to the slide switches and solenoids, andthe identities and functions of the latter, areindicated in figure 27. This system enables allloading and firing actions to be performed without

attendants in the gun compartment and withoutstopping gun laying. It is part of the system whichcontrols the hoists as well as the slide, breech, andrammer. This system is called the gun loadingcontrol system .

Gun laying equipment

Figures 28 to 34 inclusive show assembled

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (31 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 41: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 41/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

ntinuous delivery of power, throughout theriods of all gun loading and gun firing actions.

arrangements of the turret turning mechanism andtypical gun elevating drives and their controls.These units consist of the training gear

26

Figure 27. Gun Control System. General Arrangement

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (32 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 42: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 42/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

27

Figure 28. Training Gear. General Arrangement

28

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (33 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 43: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 43/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 29. Training Gear Power Drive. General Arrangement ectric-hydraulic drive equipment, train receiver-gulator, and control station equipment for therret turning system; and three elevating gearsemblies, three gun elevation indicator-gulators, and one pointer's control stationuipment for the gun elevating system.

aining gear . The training gear is a worm,ormwheel, and pinion mechanism meshed withe large fixed circular rack on the lower rollerck and driven by an electric-hydraulic powerive. Its installed arrangements at the front of therret are shown in figure 28, and the componentsd arrangements of the power drive assembly in

gure 29.

he drive consists of a 125-horsepower electricotor coupled to a large reduction gear whichives a Waterbury A-end pump assembly. Thelve-plate of the latter is connected hydraulicallytwo Waterbury B-end motors

by a system of large pipe manifolds-an arrangementthat delivers equal volume and equal fluid pressureto both hydraulic motors. Motors are coupled atopposite ends of the driven worm. Thus drive torqueis the same at both ends of the worm.

Training gear control . Hydraulic fluid delivery tothe B-end motors is controlled by varying thedisplacement of the A-end pump. Three methods areprovided for controlling this output. Two arehydraulic power servo control selections, the third isa manual mechanical control method.

The servo control methods are provided by thereceiver-regulator instrument and its auxiliaryhydraulic power supply unit shown in figure 30, andby a stroking cylinder device on the A-end pump.These units operate in response to signal inputs tothe regulator instrument.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (34 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 44: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 44/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

29

Figure 30. Train Receiver-Regulator and Auxiliary Power Unit Turret Arrangement

he latter amplifies the signal and ports anuivalent amount of servo fluid to the strokinglinder to cause the A-end to deliver anuivalent amount of drive fluid to the B-endotors. This action can be controlled by receivingelectrical signal from a remote director or by

ceiving a mechanical signal from the trainer'sndwheels. These methods are called AUTO and

OCAL control respectively.

he third method of control is called HAND. Ites not use the servo control units. It controls theend pump output by mechanically stroking themp tilting device through direct connectionth the trainer's handwheels.

ainer's control equipment . The controlvices at the trainer's station that enable him to

panel, the control selector, the handwheels, the trainindicator, and the sight. The manner in which theyare employed in the different methods of control isexplained in Chapter 2; their arrangements are asfollows:

The control and indicator panel is an electricalcabinet containing the power drive master switchand six indicator lights. By means of the masterswitch the main and auxiliary electric motors arestarted and stopped. Indicator lights show theconditions of power supply circuits for the regulatorinstrument as well as the power drive and include"ready," "neutral," and "stop" indicators.

The control selector is a manually operated leverthat has three positions, designated, HAND,LOCAL, and AUTO, respectively. It actuates a

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (35 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 45: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 45/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

art and stop the drive, to select the method ofntrol, and to control turret turning in LOCALd HAND control are identified in figure 31.

hey are the control and indicator

flexible cable that is connected to a device at theregulator which positions a selector valve of thatinstrument.

30

Figure 31. Trainer's and Sight Setter's Station General Arrangement

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (36 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 46: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 46/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

31

Figure 32. Elevating Gear General Arrangement

32

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (37 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 47: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 47/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 33. Turret Arrangement of Elevation Indicator-Regulator and Auxiliary PowerUnit

33

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (38 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 48: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 48/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 34. Pointer's and Checker's Stations General Arrangement

34

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (39 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 49: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 49/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

he handwheels are part of a conventional handntrol gear that extends to mechanical inputs ate A-end assembly and the regulator. These areutched and unclutched hydraulically for thespective control selections by shifting of thelector valve and other control valve units.

he train indicator is a gun order follow-theinter dial indicating instrument providing turretin direction in LOCAL or HAND control. Indition to its conventional arrangements forsually directing trainer handwheel operations, itcludes an electrical transmitter that is part of anernative method of automatic drive control.

his method is the radar system local train controlrangement described on page 49.

he trainer's sight equipment is part of the sightsembly described on page 45.

evating gear . Each of the three guns isdependently driven in elevation and depression.he three mechanisms do not have mechanicaloss-coupling, but their controls are arranged soat they are synchronized to operate together.

ternatively they can be controlled separately.

ch elevating gear is a worm, wormwheel, andnion reduction gear meshed with the elevatingc of the slide and driven by an electric-hydraulicive. The installed arrangements in the left andght gun pits, as shown in figures 32 and 33spectively, are typical of all three assemblies.

ch drive consists of a 25-horsepower electricotor direct coupled to a Waterbury A-end pumpsembly. The valve plate of the latter isnnected hydraulically to a Waterbury B-enddraulic motor by two drive pipes, and the B-endtput shaft is coupled to the worm of the drivenduction gear assembly.

evating gear control . Hydraulic fluid delivery

operating the slide to an unloading position, calledUNLOAD control. Their hand control facilities aredifferent, as explained below.

Elevating gear AUTO and LOCAL methods ofoperation are similar control actions. In bothmethods, electrical signals simultaneously control all

three drives. Their only difference is the origin of thesignals. In AUTO, the signals are received from aremote director, whereas in LOCAL the signals aretransmitted from a device that is operated by thepointer's hand-wheels.

UNLOAD control arrangements separately controleach drive through switching units of each guncaptain's controls.

Elevating gear HAND controls are not pointercontrols. They are emergency hand-wheelarrangements that are separate for each drive; theyare located in the forward gun pits and operatesimilarly to the training gear hand method.

At the same gun pit stations are facilities enablingeach drive to be controlled with servo power by

using a small hand crank of the regulator instrument.This method functions the same as the training gearLOCAL control method, but is designatedREGULATOR CHECKING control.

Pointer's control equipment . Figure 34 shows thecontrols at the pointer's station. These devices aresimilar to the trainer's controls, but their systemarrangements differ as indicated in the paragraphs

following. The manner in which they are employedin the different methods of control is explained inChapter 2.

The pointer does not have a mechanical controlselector device; instead, the control panel includesthree switches that separately control the signalreceiving circuit of each regulator. Each of theseswitches has three position selections, designated

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (40 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 50: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 50/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

each B-end motor is controlled by separatelyrying the displacement of each A-end pump.ch drive has a servo control regulator

strument and an auxiliary hydraulic powerpply unit for a stroking cylinder device on theend pump. These arrangements are similar to

ose of the training gear, and they provide

milar servo control selections for AUTO andOCAL control operation. In addition, however,ey include provision for automatically

HAND, LOCAL, and AUTO, respectively.

Other elements of the pointer's control panel arethree vertical columns of indicator lights that showthe conditions of readiness of the power andregulator electric supply circuits. Three switchesseparately control the illumination supplies for these

indicators. Another series of three switches are therespective master switches for starting and stoppingthe main and auxiliary electric motors.

35

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (41 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 51: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 51/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 35. Projectile Hoist General Arrangement

36

Figure 36. Projectile Hoist Cutaway

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (42 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 52: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 52/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

he pointer's handwheels are a manual drive forectric transmitter units of an instrument, callede Gun Elevation Order Transmitter, mountedder the handwheels. This is the LOCALntrol unit for signal transmission to all threen elevation indicator-regulators.

he gun elevation indicator is a gun order follow-e-pointer dial indicating instrument for gunying direction in LOCAL control.

inter's sight equipment is part of the sightsembly described on page 45.

Ammunition hoist equipment

The transfer trays of each slide are separately served,automatically, with projectiles and powder cases bytwo ammunition hoists. These units make theirdeliveries without stopping the gun layingmovements to bring the gun to a loading position (as

required in all previous main battery installations) .The designs of the two hoists are similar, as shown infigures 35 to 38 inclusive. Each hoist consists of anendless chain conveyor, a cradle, and an electric

37

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (43 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 53: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 53/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 37. Powder Hoist General Arrangement

38

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (44 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 54: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 54/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 38. Powder Hoist Cutaway

39

Figure 39. Projectile Ring. General Arrangement, Upper and Lower Projectile

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (45 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 55: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 55/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Flats

40

draulic power drive. Their operatingrangements and differing details are indicatedthe following brief description of each.

ojectile hoists . Each projectile hoist conveyora tubular unit that extends from the lowerojectile flat into the gun pit at the side of itsn. It has a power-driven sprocket at the upperd and an idler sprocket at the bottom. Itsdless chain has 16 flights or chain lugs forpporting projectiles. At each projectile flat,ere is a loading aperture with shutter and

ntrol devices.

hese loading aperture arrangements and controlecting devices enable the hoist to be

multaneously loaded on alternate ascendingghts at both stowage flats, or to be loaded onery ascending flight at either flat. In eitherethod of loading, the hoist automatically liftsload one stage or flight distance when loading

completed, and the empty cradle is latched ate top of the hoist.

he cradle is a tubular unit suspended from aurnal on the slide trunnion and arranged to

wing between the top of the hoist and the sidethe slide. In this oscillating movement its

wer end is guided by an arc-shaped railounted on the gun girder. When it moves to

e slide, it latches there and moves with the gunying action. In this position it is aligned withe transfer tray when the tray is in its firingsition. When it moves to the hoist, it latchesthat it is held in alignment with the hoist.

he cradle has a pawl at the bottom and a largering-ram device within. When the conveyorts a projectile upward, the ram is compressed

The controls include a manually operated selector.This is a remote switch and flexible cable unit locatedin the gun compartment. It is a three-position function

selector through which the controls are set to hoist orlower projectiles or to stop cycling action (but not tostop the power drive electric motor). The loweringcontrol of this device has two purposes: It enables theautomatic cycling action to be reversed in emergencywhen a misfire or casualty occurs or "cease fire" isordered and it is necessary to unload the gun. And itenables the hoist to be employed when stowingammunition on the handling flats.

Hoist power drive . Each hoist is separately driven bya power drive. This consists of an electric motor andA-end pump unit mounted on the upper projectile flat,and a hydraulic pipe system connecting with a B-endhydraulic motor that is coupled to a worm reducer unitthat drives the upper sprocket. The cradle is operatedby a double-acting hydraulic cylinder.

Powder hoist . The powder hoist is like the projectilehoist, except that its cradle is larger, its conveyor islonger, it has only one loading level, and its loadingaperture is fitted with an automatic scuttle.

The scuttle is a revolving flameproof cylinder devicewith two compartments. It is independently driven byan electric motor which operates an oscillating crankmechanism. This mechanism rotates the cylinder 180°

when the inner compartment is empty and the outercompartment has been served with a powder case.

Projectile stowing and handling equipment

The two groups of equipment for stowing andhandling projectiles are six power-driven assembliesinstalled in the projectile flats. These units are fourprojectile ring drives and two parbuckling

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (46 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 56: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 56/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

d the pawl moves beneath the bottom of theojectile, thereby latching the projectile in theadle. In this position the fuze of High-Capacityojectiles is automatically set by a remotelyntrolled fuze setter located in the top of theadle.

oist controls . The devices which control thecling actions of the hoist and the cradle, andhich operate the latches and pawl, aredraulic valves and an installation of switchesd solenoids. It is a system comparable to thede equipment control system, and certain ofswitches are included in the interlock

rangements and controls of the gun captain'sntrol panel.

mechanisms. Their arrangements are shown in figures39 and 40 respectively.

Projectile ring drives . Each inner and outer projectilring of each projectile flat has an attached annularrack. This rack is driven by a spur pinion through aworm gear speed reducer and an electric hydraulic

power drive. The ring, the power drive, and thecontrols permit the ring to be driven clockwise orcounterclockwise.

41

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (47 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 57: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 57/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 40. Parbuckling Gear Arrangement Upper and Lower Projectile Flats l four power drives are alike, except for theirntrols. Each drive consists of a 20-horsepowerectric motor, an A-end pump and controlsembly, a B-end hydraulic motor and brakeechanism, and a manual control mechanism.

he A-end unit is a variable displacement pumpth an automatic cycling control. This control

vice is a manually initiated type that operatese ring for a short arc of movement and thentomatically decelerates, stops, and locks theavy load. Inner and outer ring arcs of movementntrolled by this device differ,

but each controls its ring so that the arc ofmovement presents six projectiles within reach ofthe parbuckling steady arm mechanism.

The manual control mechanisms are hand-wheelswith a system of gear boxes and shafts coupled tothe A-end control input. Inner and outer ring designsdiffer, as shown in figure 39, because of the

positions of the handwheels.

Parbuckling gear assemblies . The two parbucklingear installations are identical. Each consists of avertically positioned 7.5-horsepower motor whichdrives a system of gear boxes and shafts thatoperates three gypsy heads. These

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (48 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 58: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 58/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

42

e adjacent to the loading apertures of the threeojectile hoists. They run at constant speed.

pivoted mechanism called a steady arm is also

ounted adjacent to each hoist. This device is arbuckling auxiliary that is manually controlledd power-operated by the gypsy

head snubbing rope. It operates to grab projectilesone-at-a-time from the projectile ring, and to guideand thrust them into the hoist.

Fire control equipment

The sights and gun attachments, and the controlinstruments listed on page 13 comprise the

Figure 41. Sights and Gun Attachments. General Arrangement

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (49 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 59: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 59/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

43

Figure 42. Trainer's and Sight Setter's Station. General Arrangement. Right Side

44

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (50 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 60: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 60/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

rret fire control installations. They arepplemented by switching and communicationsvices and an extensive system of wire circuitsBureau of Ships design and cognizance.

ghts and gun attachments . Five assemblies ofafts and brackets that interconnect eleven

struments, as shown in figure 41, comprise theghts and gun attachments. These assemblies areree gun elevation attachments, a training gunachment, and the sights. The associatedstruments are: Three telescopes, a sight setter'sdicator, gun elevation and train indicators, threeevation indicator-regulators, and a train receiver-gulator and a gun elevation selector.

rangements of this assemblage of instrumentsd signal transmission systems provide thellowing:

anual input movements at the sight setter'sdicator, made in response to synchro-received,al-indicated orders, offset the lines-of-sight inflection and depression from parallelism withe guns. These values simultaneously move the

tics and also move input mechanisms at thegulators and elevation and train indicators. Theye combined in these instruments with a thirdtput of the sight setter's indicator, calledrallax range, and with response valuesuivalent to turret turning movements and theevating movements of a selected gun. Thesembined values are gun order correcting factors.

hey modify the gun orders in all methods of

ntrol by making local changes that correct themputed order for mechanical faults and thatmpensate for the differences in visual angles ate turret and at the controlling director.

hus, in turret automatic control, the sight setter'sdicator functions to alter the remote gun orderd modify gun positions in both range andimuth. It functions similarly in all variations of

controlled by the sight setter's indicator, but theelevating movement is free under foot control by thetrainer. This conventional arrangement enables thetrainer to follow the target in elevation at will, asship rolls, but compels him to operate hishandwheels to turn the turret for every change insight deflection input or change in ship course.

Pointer's station . The mechanical arrangements formoving the optics at the pointer's and checker'sstations are the same values. Each instrument movesidentically in response to sight setter offsets in sightdeflection and sight angle. Both instruments alsomove identically in response to the movement ofone gun.

Figure 43 shows the arrangements of the sights andof the elevation selector device at the pointer'sstation. It is an arrangement that operates to compelthe pointer to manipulate his handwheels in order tohold his line-of sight on the target whenever thesight angle changes or the ship rolls. Thus, byreason of the offset value of the sight angle (gunorder) , he is constantly holding the gun in correctrange position.

Turret officer's control equipment . Figures 44 a45 identify the control equipment installations of theturret officer's booth. They are optical, mechanical,and electrical devices for visual observation of fallof shot, for local communication, for local solutionof firing problems, and for selection of alternativemethods of control.

The equipment of this booth is arranged with theship's director system so that the turret may beoperated in any one of several basic types of controland their variations. These control methods aredesignated: PRIMARY, SECONDARY, LOCAL,and EMERGENCY. The master selector for all isthe large cabinet called the turret officer's transferswitchboard. Through this unit the turret is placedin:

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (51 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 61: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 61/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

tomatic control.

hese correcting functions also occur when therret is controlled locally by target sighting. Inat method of control, all actions are controlledthe pointer's and trainer's station equipment.

ainer's station . Figure 42 shows the sightrangements at the trainer's station. The telescopethis station has common deflection

PRIMARY CONTROL, so that the gun and turretdrives are remotely controlled by the main directors;or,

SECONDARY CONTROL, so that the gun andturret drives are remotely controlled by directors of

the secondary armament; or,

LOCAL CONTROL, so that the drives arecontrolled by the target sighting actions describedabove; or,

45

Figure 43. Pointer's and Checker's Stations. General Arrangement Left Side View

46

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (52 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 62: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 62/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 44. Turret Officer's Booth. Fire Control Arrangement Forward Bulkhead

Figure 45. Turret Officer's Booth. Fire Control Arrangement Rear Bulkhead

47

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (53 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 63: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 63/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 46. Turret Fire Control Installation. General Arrangement -TURRET CONTROL, so that the drivesturret I are automatically controlled by

gnals transmitted from turret II.

ternatives to these switching selections arecluded in the transfer switchboard to permite following variations:

In primary control, the drives may be controlledautomatically, called Primary Automatic Control , or tmay be remotely directed in follow-the-pointeroperation, called Primary Indicating Control . Eitherselection can be controlled from After Plot or ForwardPlot, using

48

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (54 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 64: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 64/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

e forward or after aloft director.

secondary control, the turret drives may bentrolled by similar automatic and indicatingntrol variations that employ differentmbinations of the secondary directors andotting rooms.

rret local control methods include "target-ghting" control, radar control, periscopentrol, and combinations of these. All usee local computer for solution of externalllistics, but turret I is excluded from radarntrol except via turret II.

adar control arrangements are among the

ature innovations of the turret. Thestallations are in duplicate. They includeo complete radar control sets in the booth,d two antenna train drives, antennas, andive regulators.

his installation enables the turret crew tocertain target direction, distance, course,d speed. It is a range-finding system that

mpletely displaces the optical range-finderearlier turret designs. It is a system thatovides new alternative methods of localntrol. These enable the radar signal beam toe target to be employed as a combinatione-of sight and range data factor. Fromrived and computed data, transmitted to the

ght setter and the turret train indicator, thetenna and the sights are offset identically in

imuth, and the sights are offset in elevation.his permits two methods of drive control:tomatic train drive via radar operator'srret train order with conventional pointerget sighting control, or conventional target

ghting control by both pointer and trainer.

ze setting control . Figure 46 shows theneral arrangement of all fire control units

to stop fuze setting and set SAFE position for return tostowage.

Gun firing control . The gun and powder ammunitiondesigns provide for electrical firing only.* Powder casesdo not include percussion primers, as a safety precaution,because of rough handling in automatic loading.

The electrical firing system includes other safetyprecautions and special arrangements. It is a selectivefiring control, as indicated in the diagram of figure 47,that interlocks with the gun loading and gun layingactions and permits remote or local firing. Safetyfeatures of this circuit, in addition to automatic interlockswitches, include manually operated firing stop switchesaccessible to the turret officer, each gun captain, the

pointer, and the trainer.

The automatic interlock devices consist of four switchoperating mechanisms for the firing circuit of each gun.These block the firing until the transfer trays are in firingposition, the breech is completely closed, and the gun ispointing into a safe firing zone. Their positions andidentities are designated in figure 47. All these switchespositively open the firing circuit when their mechanisms

are actuated.

AUXILIARY INSTALLATIONS

Power supply equipment and circuit installations-andalso all turret heating, ventilating, sprinkling,illumination, communications, and air supply systems-are auxiliaries of the turret ordnance installations. Theseservice facilities are units of Bureau of Ships design and

cognizance. Their features and general arrangements aredescribed in the remaining pages of this chapter.

Power supply

Normal and emergency electric power is supplied toeach turret from the ship's four main 450-volt, 3-phase,60-cycle turbo generators. This power is supplied to eachturret through feeder cables originating at connection

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (55 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 65: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 65/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

scussed above, and of the installations fortomatic fuze setting and fuze settingntrol.

ch projectile hoist cradle includes a fuzetter. It is an automatic, power-driven andmotely controlled design that controls the

ze setting action of mechanical time fuzes.ders received in the turret through thensfer switchboard are routed via the gunptain's control panels to amplifier cabinetscated in the gun pits. These boost the powergnals that operate the fuze setting motors,d their switching arrangements enable then captain

boxes in the wiring trunk located below the base casting.Cables lead upward through spacer

* The gun has arrangements for attaching an accessorythat permits emergency percussion fire, provided aspecial short-case powder charge is substituted for the

normal charge.

49

ocks in the central column to a wiringcess at the top of the column, just beneathe pan floor. Slack is provided in the cablesthe bottom of the column to permit twistingd flexing of the cables during turrettation. From the wiring recess, cables areuted to a manual bus transfer panel, locatedthe inner wall of the inner circularlkhead at the right rear of the upperojectile flat. (See figure 17.) This panel isuipped with switches and indicating lightsr selection of either normal or emergencywer supply. From the manual bus transfernel, power is supplied to five circuit breakerwer panels, consisting of: three gunuipment power panels, one for each gun; a

training gear equipment panel; and a miscellaneousequipment power panel. These circuit breaker powerpanels serve to supply power to all controllercomponents of the power drives and the several auxiliaryservices, except the illumination system.

Illumination supply . Normal and emergency power forthe illumination system is supplied to each turret fromthe 120-volt, 60-cycle ship's electric service system. Thepower is supplied to the turret by flexible cable, throughthe central column wiring tube, similar to thearrangements described in the preceding paragraphs.From the wiring recess at the top of the central column,the cable is routed to an automatic bus

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (56 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 66: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 66/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 47. Gun Firing Control System

50

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (57 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 67: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 67/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 48. Turret Ventilating System. General Arrangement

51

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (58 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 68: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 68/218

Page 69: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 69/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

means of a spring- and weight-loaded automaticshutter, shown in figure 49, vertically mounted inthe right wing sight station area, before the partialbulkhead. Air exhaust for both projectile levels isvia screened openings cut through the upper

52

Figure 50. Turret Sprinkling System General Arrangement

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (60 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 70: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 70/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

53

d of the turret circular foundation, beneath thewer roller path.

ectrical components of these ventilating sets are

e motors, two controllers, and push buttonations. The arrangements are similar for eacht, differing only as to size and speed; motormber one is a 7.5-horsepower unit;

number two is 5-horsepower. Each is a squirrel-cageinduction, two-speed, 440-volt, 60-Cycle alternating-current type. Their speeds differ, number oneoperating at 3,450 or 1,750 revolutions per minute,

while number two operates at 1,750 or 1,175revolutions per minute. Both motors are co-axiallyaligned within their

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (61 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 71: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 71/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 51. Turret Sprinkling System. Rotating Fireman Connection General Arrangement

54

spective sets, and each drives a multi-bladed fanounted on its drive shaft.

arting, stopping, and emergency run controllersr the motors are located on a panel in the leftar of the turret officer's booth. Push buttons forth motors provide HIGH and LOW speed

MERGENCY RUN and STOP control.

rinkling system

he turret sprinkling system is designed toovide a quick and efficient means of sprinklingammunition units in the turret-whether they bestowage in the projectile rings, in transit via the

mmunition hoists, or ready for loading at the guneech. The arrangement permits selective or over-

control of sprinkling from both local andmote control stations within the turret, as well asom a remote control station on the exterior of therret.

eneral arrangement . The system, illustrated ingure 50, includes a primary source of waterpply from the ship's firemain; two sprinklingnks for water storage within the turret; an airpply to maintain water pressure in the storagenks; and an assortment of control and operatinglves, and associated nozzles, piping, and tubing.

otating firemain connection . Water from theip's firemain is led into the pit beneath thewder handling room in 2 1/2-inch copper-nickeloy seamless tubing, secured to the deck. Thisbing is then connected to the rotating fire-main

Turret firemain tubing. Connected to the flexiblehose is a 2 1/2-inch copper-nickel alloy tube, whichextends vertically upward from the rotating firemainconnection, adjacent to the central column, into thepowder handling room. This riser is fitted with acontrol gate valve and a globe hose valve, bothaccessible in the compartment. From these valvesthe supply line extends to tanks at the top of theturret and to all sprinkling-head operating valves.

Sprinkling distribution system. The part of thesystem from the ship's firemain just described, isdesignated as wet sprinkling piping. Its extent withrespect to other pipes is shown in figure 52. Duringnormal turret operation, water is within this tubingat all times. All wet sprinkling tubing is copper-nickel alloy, seamless pipe and tubing. Fittings areflanged or socket-type, bronze, silver-brazed, andthreaded bronze. Connected to this main is the drysprinkling piping-the piping which actually leads toand sprinkles the various ammunition units. Innormal turret operation, this piping contains nowater. Only when the complete system, or a portionthereof, is operated does water flow through thesepipes. All dry sprinkling piping is aluminum alloyseamless pipe. Fittings are threaded aluminum alloy.All dry sprinkling piping is coated, inside and out,with zinc chromate iron oxide primer or aluminumvarnish.

The dry sprinkling piping for the ammunition hoistsis connected to the firemain through a hydraulicallyoperated control valve, within the powder handlingroom. Piping is mounted on the exterior of eachhoist, and extends from the extreme lower to theextreme upper end of each hoist conveyor; there is

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (62 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 72: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 72/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

nnection, shown in figure 51. This connectionnsists of two horizontally placed sheaves orels; one sheave rotates with the turret, the othereave is driven by a crossed wire rope from thest sheave. Tubing from the ship's firemain isnnected to piping on the second sheave byeans of a swivel joint. In turn, this piping is

nnected to a flexible, 2 1/2-inch wire-stiffenedbber hose, which winds around both sheaves ase turret turns. The winding of the hose on theeaves is such that when turret rotation causese first sheave to rotate in a clockwise directione flexible hose is wound off the second sheaveto the first, and when rotation isunterclockwise the action reverses. Workingater pressure of 100 pounds per square inch is

aintained throughout the full arc of turrettation by this device.

no sprinkling device on the cradle. At spacedintervals connecting pipes lead to spray nozzles inthe conveyor tube. The arrangement is such that allprojectiles or powder cases within the hoists can besprinkled.

The dry sprinkling piping for the projectiles stowed

on the projectile rings is also connected to thefiremain through a hydraulically operated controlvalve within the powder handling room. From thisvalve, piping leads into both the upper and lowerprojectile flats, forming on each flat an inner andouter sprinkling ring. Rings are constructed of 1 1/2-inch standard aluminum alloy pipe, and are mountedabove and encircle

55

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (63 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 73: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 73/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 52. Turret Sprinkling System. Arrangement of Vent and Gage Piping, Wet and Dry Piping, and Hydraulic Control Piping. Schematic

56

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (64 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 74: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 74/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

e inner and outer projectile rings of eachojectile flat. One hundred fifty drilled holes,ually spaced throughout 360°, are located inch outer sprinkling ring; 74 drilled holes,ually spaced throughout 360°, are located inch inner sprinkling ring. Spacing and number ofe drilled holes in the sprinkling rings is so

signed that each projectile in stowage will berinkled.

he dry sprinkling piping for the gun breeches isnnected to the firemain through a control valvethin the turret officer's booth. The installationnsists of three spring-loaded hose reels, one forch gun, bracket-mounted to the centernsverse girder, above and to the rear of each

n slide. Wound on each reel is a 12-foot long,2-inch rubber hose, each hose being connectedthe fixed dry sprinkling piping at the reel. Fromch reel, an unwound portion of the hose extendswnward and is connected to a ball bearing

wing joint, bracket-mounted on the respectiven slide side plate. Guarded 1/2-inch brass pipe,nnected to the swing joint, is used to directater flow through a nozzle bolted to the slidede plate. The arrangement is such that, as then is elevated, the hose unwinds downward frome reel; and as the gun is depressed, the spring-aded reel winds the hose back on the reel.

nt and gage air piping system . A third pipingstem, essential to operation of the turretrinkling system, is a vent and gage air pipingstem, used to maintain air pressure on the waterored in the right and left 100-gallon sprinklingnks. A schematic of this system is shown ingure 52. Air for this purpose is obtained from thes ejecting main air supply system. The take-offping from the main system is fitted with a gatelve, a pressure-reducing valve, dropping theessure from 200 pounds to 100 pounds, and aief valve set at 105 pounds. The piping leadso the turret officer's booth and is there fitted

Figure 53. Turret Sprinkling System RightSprinkling Tank General Arrangement

overflow, being fitted with a hose valve at this point.A 1/4-inch air-supply system leads to a systempressure gage within the turret officer's boothmounted on the partial bulkhead, right side.

Hydraulic control piping system . The fourthpiping system within the turret sprinkling system isthe hydraulic control piping system, shown on theschematic diagram of figure 52. This pipe system isan arrangement of hydraulically operated valveslocated to control sprinkling flow in parts of the drypipe system. None of the sprinkling control cocks islocated on the firemain; rather, each functions tooperate a hydraulically operated control valve,which

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (65 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 75: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 75/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

th a swing check valve, a gate valve, and aree-way, two-port plug cock. From one port ofe three-way valve, piping extends to both of therinkling tanks, with typical arrangements asown in figure 53. Before entering each tank, theping is fitted with a "locked-open" gate valve.om the second port of the three-way valve,

ping leads to a tank vent and overboard

57

Figure 54. Turret Sprinkling System ControlStation A General Arrangement

ens the system, permitting the flow of waterom the firemain into the dry sprinkling piping.he hydraulic control piping system utilizes waterthe wet sprinkling piping, under pressure, as antrol fluid.

rret sprinkling control stations . Selectiventrol of the turret sprinkling system is provided

both local and remote control stations. Thesee designated alphabetically, and consist ofations A, B, C, D, E, and F.

ONTROL STATION A, shown in figure 54, iscated within the turret officer's booth, right side,d has three valves on a single mounted plate one partial bulkhead. All three valves are two-sition valves, each being marked SPRINKLE

CONTROL STATION B is located on the turretoverhang, within a glass-faced lock box. Three two-position valves are provided at this station. Thesevalves, in marking, operation, and function, areidentical to those at control station A. (See column1.) They differ in that they normally will be operatedin emergency only, and then by personnel on theexterior of the turret.

CONTROL STATION C is located on the left sideof the instrument panel, in the powder handlingroom. It consists of two two-position valves markedSPRINKLE and CLOSE. Valve 1 controls projectilestowage sprinkling. Operating it will sprinkle allstowed projectiles. Valve 2 controls ammunitionhoist sprinkling. Operating it will sprinkle allprojectiles and powder cases within the ammunitionconveyors.

CONTROL STATION D is located within the lowerprojectile flat. It comprises a single two-positionvalve marked SPRINKLE and CLOSE, and ismounted on the exterior of the circular bulkhead tothe right of the arch. The valve serves to operateprojectile stowage sprinkling on both projectile flats.

CONTROL STATION E is located within the upperprojectile flat. It is otherwise identical to controlstation D.

CONTROL STATIONS F. There are three F controlstations. All are in the turret officer's booth, one

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (66 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 76: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 76/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

d CLOSE. Valve 1 controls projectile stowagerinkling. Turning it to SPRINKLE permitsater to flow into the projectile sprinkling ringser the stowed projectiles of each projectile ring.lve 2 controls ammunition hoist sprinkling.rning it to SPRINKLE permits water to flowo the piping which sprays water within each of

e projectile and powder hoist conveyors. Valvecontrols gun breech sprinkling. When it iserated, it functions to send a jet of water in andound each gun breech.

adjacent to each gun captain's control panel. Eachstation comprises a single two-position valvemarked SPRINKLE and CLOSE, mounted on thepartial bulkhead. It controls gun breech sprinkling,any of the three valves serving to sprinkle all threegun breeches.

Air control plug cock . Adjacent to the sprinklingcontrol station A is the turret officer's three-way aircontrol plug cock. The cock is marked VENT andAIR SUPPLY. In filling the sprinkling tanks, beforeoperation, the cock is set to VENT position. Afterwater appears at the overflow, and as soon as bothtanks are free of air, the cock is set to its normalAIR SUPPLY position. Should any sprinklingcontrol cock be operated, water will be supplied

from the sprinkling tanks or directly from thefiremain, depending upon which is under the

58

gher pressure. Should air appear at therinkling nozzles, it indicates that the sprinklingnks are empty. To continue sprinkling, it iscessary to shut off the gate valve fitted into thestem just before the three-way valve, markedR TO SPRINKLING TANKS. This iscessary to relieve the air pressure within thestem, which may build up greater pressure thanemain pressure, thus preventing filling orrinkling. Sprinkling tanks are filled with waterall times, but air pressure is not placed on thenks until preparing for battle condition.

Valve label plates and instruction plates . Allvalves are fitted with label plates, either directly onthe body of the valve, when practicable, or onadjacent surfaces. Legends are black or red,depending upon the relationship of the valve to thesprinkling system; sprinkling positions arecommonly red. Two sprinkling system instructionplates, similar in design to the label plates, arelocated in each turret-one in the turret officer'sbooth, close to control station A, the other in thepowder handling room. The instructions on eachplate are as follows:

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (67 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 77: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 77/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

TURRET SPRINKLING SYSTEM

INSTRUCTIONS

TO PREPARE SYSTEM FOR OPERATION

. OPEN FIREMAIN. CONTROL VALVE OPERATED IN POWDER HANDLING ROOMHEREBY SUPPLYING WATER TO THE ROTATING FIREMAIN CONNECTION LOCATED INIT. OPEN CUTOUT VALVE IN SPRINKLING SYSTEM RISER IN POWDER HANDLINGOOM.

. OPEN VALVE IN THE 100 LB. AIR LINE TO THE AIR CONTROL COCK IN THE TURRETOFFICER'S BOOTH. ONE VALVE LABELED, "AIR TO SPRINKLING TANKS," IS LOCATEDON THE H.P. SIDE OF THE REDUCING VALVE ON PAN LEVEL, RIGHT SIDE, AND THEOTHER VALVE LABELED, "AIR TO SPRINKLING TANKS," IS LOCATED IN THE TURRETOFFICER'S BOOTH CLOSE TO THE AIR CONTROL COCK.

. SET AIR CONTROL COCK IN TURRET OFFICER'S BOOTH TO VENT POSITION. AFTERWATER APPEARS AT OVERFLOW, KEEP COCK IN VENT POSITION UNTIL BOTH

PRINKLING TANKS ARE FREE OF AIR. THEN SET AIR CONTROL COCK TO AIR SUPPLYOSITION.

TO SPRINKLE

URN PERTINENT SPRINKLING CONTROL BACK TO SPRINKLE POSITION. NOTE:PRINKLING WATER WILL BE SUPPLIED FROM THE TANKS OR DIRECT FROM THEIREMAIN DEPENDING UPON WHICH IS UNDER THE HIGHER PRESSURE. THE

APPEARANCE OF AIR AT THE SPRINKLING OUTLETS INDICATES THAT THE SPRINKLINGANKS ARE EMPTY. TO CONTINUE SPRINKLING FROM THE FIREMAIN, CLOSE VALVE INURRET OFFICER'S BOOTH LABELED, "AIR TO SPRINKLING TANKS."

TO STOP SPRINKLING

ESET ALL SPRINKLING CONTROL COCKS TO CLOSE POSITION.

59

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (68 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 78: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 78/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 55. Turret Sprinkling System Automatic

Rate-of-Rise Devices Schematic

sting system operation . A combination flush-t and test plug assembly is provided to test the

eration of the hydraulically operated controllves. The test should be performed at least once

week on all hydraulically controlled valves. Tost, the cover must be removed from the bottomthe valve, and the test plug assembly screwedall the way, until solidly engaged. With the testug assembly installed, any one of the sprinklingntrol cocks controlling the valve may be turnedSPRINKLE.

aution : Make sure that the proper control cockoperated. Should one be turned which operatesother hydraulically controlled valve, sprinklingll ensue.

ter opening the control cock, turn the pet cockthe bottom of the test plug assembly.

If water flows, the valve is serviceable; if not, thevalve should be replaced. To complete the test, itwill be necessary to reset the open sprinkling controlcock to CLOSE position, then remove the test plugassembly and install the bottom cover.

Automatic rate-of-rise control devices . Heat-

actuated control devices are located within the turretwhich automatically function to operate the turretsprinkling system in the event of fire within theturret. Six heat-actuated devices are used, as shownon figure 55. Three are located across the roof of thegun house, three feet before the transverse centerlineof the turret and over the guns. Three devices arelocated within the powder handling room equallyspaced in the powder handling area.

All six devices are connected, by means of coppertubing, 1/8 inch in outside diameter, to the top of apneumatically released pilot valve located within thepowder handling room. The valve is fitted with twoports at its lower end. To one port is connected a 1/8-inch copper-nickel alloy tube, fitted with a strainer,which extends from and is connected to thefiremain. To the second port is connected a similar

3/8-inch copper-nickel alloy tube, which extendsand connects to the hydraulically operated valves.The arrangement is such that, when a pneumaticpressure is exerted upon the pneumatically releasedvalve by any one of the six heat-actuated devices,the valve opens. This permits water in the tubingfrom the firemain to pass through the valve, and tocontinue on and open the hydraulically operatedcontrol valves. Water then flows from the wetsprinkling piping into the dry sprinkling piping, andsprinkling ensues.

Each heat-actuated device is a pneumaticthermostat, or heat conductor. It is a hollow brasschamber of approximately 14 cubic inches, with nomoving parts. A wire guard protects it againstinjury. Heat absorbed as a result of a suddentemperature rise, such as might be experienced in

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (69 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 79: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 79/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

the case of a fire, is expanded within the chamber,developing air pressure which is conveyed by airtubing to the diaphragm of the pneumaticallyreleased pilot valve, causing it to trip. This valvewill remain open until manually closed and reset.

60

ommunications

he primary circuits which provide various typescommunications within each turret, between

rrets, and between the turrets and other shipations are listed below. A brief description ofch circuit follows the listing. Their extent andrangements are indicated in figures 56 and 57.

YSTEM CIRCUITIDENTITY

eady light 1R

alvo signal 1VB

ease-firing signal 1U

terior communication IC

epression and train stop signal DS

tra-turret emergency alarm RArain warning signal TW

urret announcing:-

Turret I 11MC

Turret II 12MC

Turret III 13MC

attle telephone JA and XJA

upplementary sound-poweredlephone

XJ

ound-powered telephone call bell E

utomatic telephone J

ady light system (circuit 1R) . The ready lightstem comprises a turret arrangement ofdicating lights, dials, and switches whichdicates loading and gun laying operations being

is rung from any of several control stations withinthe ship.

Depression and train stop signal system (circuitDS) . Two indicator dials at each gun captain'scontrol panel, and a 6-dial indicator for the turretofficer, comprise a depression and train stop signalsystem which serves to indicate whenever a gun's

line of fire is clear or nears the ship's structure.Indicators and lights are energized by cam-actuatedswitches which serve each gun in both elevation andtrain.

Intra-turret emergency alarm system (circuitRA) . The intra-turret emergency alarm systemconsists of electrically operated sirens, strategicallylocated throughout the turret, which are activatedwhenever serious danger exists or serious casualtyhas occurred. Control stations for the siren contactmakers are located within the turret, on the variouslevels.

Train warning signal system (circuit TW) . Attimes other than general quarters, the train warningsignal system is used to warn ship's personnel ondeck that the turret is about to train. It consists of awatertight warning bell, mounted on the exterior ofthe turret, which is energized by a snap switchwithin the turret officer's booth.

Turret announcing system (circuits MC) . Theturret announcing system permits the turret officerand the turret captain to communicate with allprincipal stations within the turret. A control boxwithin the turret officer's booth provides

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (70 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 80: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 80/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

rformed, and the state of readiness of the guns.cluded among the components that comprise thestem are the turret officer's selector switch,rret officer's indicator panel, turret officer's 6-al and 3-dial indicators, gun captain's controlnels, pointer's indicator panel, pointer's foot-erated ready switch, trainer's dial indicator, and

iner's foot-operated ready switch.

lvo signal system (circuit 1VB) . The commandfire is transmitted to turret personnel by thelvo signal system. It consists of vibrator-typerns located at appropriate positions within therret, controlled either locally or from remoteurces.

ease firing" signal system (circuit 1U) . Themmand to cease firing is transmitted to turretrsonnel by the "cease firing" signal system. Itnsists of a high-intensity type bell located in therret officer's booth, which

communication with any or all stations, or acombination thereof. The system comprises anamplifier unit, reproducers, and portablemicrophones. Reproducers are of two types, onewith a talk-back switch, and one without a talk-backswitch.

Battle telephone system (circuits JA and XJA)The battle telephone system, primary and auxiliary,provides a telephonic connection between certainkey personnel within the turret, and the ship's mainbattery plotting rooms. Push-to-talk button handsetsand headsets with breastplate supported and push-button controlled transmitters are utilized.

Supplementary sound-powered telephone (circuit

XJ) . The supplementary sound-powered telephonesystem for the turret officer, comprises six localtelephone circuits. Telephone

61

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (71 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 81: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 81/218

Page 82: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 82/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 57. Turret Interior Communications System. General Arrangement

63

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (73 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 83: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 83/218

Page 84: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 84/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

uipment used is identical in design toat used for the battle telephonestem. The circuits link the turretficer with the three gun captains, andth the men at the loading apertures ofe projectile and powder hoists.

und-powered telephone call bellstem (circuit E) . The sound-poweredephone call bell system comprises andible call system which parallels mostcuits of the turret officer's telephonestem. It includes both high and lowensity bells, a low intensity buzzer,d associated push buttons, connectionxes, magneto, and wiring.

utomatic telephone system (circuit. The automatic telephone circuit is anventional, dial-type telephonestem, which connects the turret,rough a central switchboard, to anymilar dial telephone in the ship. Twoephones are located in the turret, onethe turret officer's booth, and one in

e upper projectile flat.

umination

rret illumination in each turretmprises a general turret lightingstem for white or low-level redumination, and an instrumentumination system.

eneral turret illumination . Theneral turret lighting system includeshting fixtures, switch and receptacleits, door-operated switches, hand

nterns, relays, single receptacles,stribution boxes, an automatic busnsfer panel, and associated wiring, asown in figure 58. Normal and

Figure 59. Instrument Illumination Circuit Schematic

portable devices. Distribution boxes with switches providesupply and individual light circuit control. Door-operatedswitches are fitted to the three access doors to the rear of theturret officer's booth; these are arranged to close all lightcircuits above the upper projectile flat when closed, and toopen the same circuits when opened. A door-switch mastercutout is also provided for control of the same circuits, and to

serve as a master cutout for the three door-operated switches.

Instrument illumination circuit . The system that providesinstrument illumination is a 6-volt circuit designated 8-inchLighting Circuit Mk 8 Mod 0. This is a circuit that controlslamp wells and reticle lamps which illuminate indicating dialsand telescope crosslines.

The circuit is arranged to be supplied from a transformer or

storage battery. Its components are a transformer, storagebattery, snap switch, three rheostats, branch boxes, andconnection boxes, all arranged as shown in figure 59.

The transformer is a drum-shaped unit mounted in the turretofficer's booth above the motor-generator amplidyne set. Itsteps down

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (75 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 85: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 85/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

mergency power supply for the circuitderived from the 120-volt, 60-cycleip's service system through antomatic bus transfer panel located ine upper projectile flat. The busnsfer panel functions automatically to

witch from normal to emergency

wer, or vice versa, should failurecur in either power supply.

ffusing globe deck and bulkheadxtures are provided for normalumination of the gun house and panate. Red globe deck and bulkheadhting fixtures are provided for battle

umination of the same areas.

ffusing globe magazine-type fixturese provided for illumination of allrret levels below the pan plate.ombination switch and receptacleits are installed at convenientcations for operation of trouble lightsd various electrically operated

65

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (76 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 86: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 86/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 60. Gas Ejector and Counterrecoil Air Supply Pipe System. General Arrangement

66

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (77 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 87: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 87/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

0-volt alternating current supply to 6-volternating current and delivers this current to aultiple-branch light system through separateotective fuses.

he transformer supply is controlled by a snapwitch located at the radar operator's station. This

witch permits alternative supply from the storagettery. It closes all branches of the lightingcuit for either source.

he principal branches supplied are threeeostats located at the trainer's, pointer's andecker's sight stations. These control crosslineumination in the respective telescopes.

her branches supplied are the light well lampsthe computer, sight setter's indicator, and gun

evation and train indicators. These instrumentsd the telescopes are the essential elements of thecal fire control system. The system does nottend to other equipment requiring instrumental illumination, such as: the elevation indicator-gulators, turret officer's indicators, transfer

witchboard, and radar control instruments. These

e illuminated by self-contained illuminatingnsformer and lamp circuits.

r supply services

wo systems of pipe lines extend through therret to supply compressed air. These are the gasector supply and counterrecoil supply systemsustrated in figure 60 and described in the

ragraphs below.

as ejector supply . Air for the gas ejector airpply is furnished by the ship's intermediate-essure air compressors. The generalrangement of this system, together with theunterrecoil air supply replenishing pipe system,shown in figure 60. A schematic arrangement ofe gas ejector system alone, is shown in figure

Figure 61. Gas Ejector Air Supply System Schematic

high-pressure air tubing entering the powderhandling room. This connection is provided with a3/8-inch by 2-inch reducing valve, reducing the high-pressure system from 3,000 pounds per square inchto 175 pounds per square inch; it also includes arelief valve set at 220 pounds per square inch. Thereducing valve is automatically controlled,functioning to supply an alternate source of air fromthe high-pressure ship's air supply system, in theevent of an emergency caused by failure of the low-pressure supply system.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (78 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 88: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 88/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

. Air is piped through the foundation bulkheado the powder handling room in two 2-inch brass

bings. These enter on opposite sides of thewder handling room, then bend abruptly towardch other, partially encircle the fixed flat withine powder handling room, and join together torm a single air line. Stop valves are fitted to the

es before they join, and to the single linermed at the juncture. A connecting line connectse 2-inch gas ejector air supply line with the

67

Figure 62. Counterrecoil Air Supply SystemSchematic

single 2-inch gas ejector supply line extendsrtically downward through the fixed flat withine powder handling room to the void beneath theom, then extends horizontally into the wiringuck beneath the base casting. At this point it is

left side of the central column, within the upperprojectile flat. Before entering the separator, the airtubing is provided with a 2-inch horizontal swingcheck valve and a 2-inch angle stop valve. Mountedon top of the separator is a pressure gage graduatedfrom 0 to 400 pounds per square inch.

Tubing from the separator extends to a tee, the lowerport of which is fitted with a 2-inch brass tubingextending vertically downward, adjacent to thecentral column, through the upper projectile flat tothe lower projectile flat, and through the circularbulkhead; and is there connected to threeinterconnected air relay tanks mounted in the outercompartment. This line is fitted with a 2-inch gatevalve just beneath the tee at the separator, and isfurther fitted with a 2-inch angle stop valve at thepoint of connection with each tank. Relay tanks eachhave capacity of 7.5 cubic feet.

From the upper port of the tee at the separator, 2-inch brass tubing extends upward to a horizontallymounted tubing across the upper projectile flat.Connected to this supply line are air lines whichserve the gas ejectors, sprinkling system, and gunport seals.

Counterrecoil air supply . Air for replenishing thecounterrecoil and accumulator air supply isfurnished by the ship's high-pressure air

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (79 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 89: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 89/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

ted with a swivel joint to a vertical 2-inch pipetending upward through the exact center of thentral column wiring tube. Within the wiringcess at the top of the central column, the pipe isted with a 90° ell, and bends horizontallyrward, on the longitudinal centerline of therret, to the exterior of the wiring recess. At this

int the pipe is fitted to a 2-inch brass tube thatnds downward, around the central column, to aw-pressure air-water separator, mounted at the

compressors. The general arrangement of thissystem, together with the gas ejector air supply pipesystem, is shown in figure 60. A schematic diagramof the high-pressure supply pipe system alone isshown in figure 62. This is a 3,000 pounds persquare inch system. Air is piped through thefoundation bulkhead into the powder handling room

in two 3/8-inch copper tubings. These enter onopposite sides of the powder handling room, thenbend abruptly toward each other, partially encirclethe fixed flat within the powder handling room, and

join together to form a single air line. A stop valve isfitted in one air line before the juncture, and a 3/8-inch bleeder-type stop valve is fitted into the singleline formed at the juncture. Connections areprovided between one of the air lines and a bank of

air flasks mounted on the fixed flat. These have atotal capacity of 165 cubic feet. Each flask is,connected to an interconnecting manifold. Thismanifold line is provided with a stop valve at eitherend to close off the

68

flask system, and each air flask is providedth a stop valve at its point of connection, so thatdividual flasks may be closed from the system.n additional connection to the low-pressure gasector air supply system is provided with a 3/8-ch by 2-inch reducing valve, reducing theessure for gas ejector supply purpose aseviously described on page 67. The bank of airsks is further provided with pressure gages and

3/8-inch bleeder-type drain valve.

portable pipe is used to connect the single high-essure air line, on the fixed portion of the flat, tobing mounted on the rotating portion of thewder handling room. The connection is fittedth a 3/8-inch bleeder-type stop valve, with aarging connection. From this connection, the8-inch copper tubing extends vertically upwardrough the lower projectile flat and into the upperojectile flat, where it is connected to a high-

horizontally mounted line of the upper projectileflat. Connected to this tubing, and extending upwardinto the right and left gun truss girders, are twotubes which provide air charging connections forportable pipes for the three guns. Each extension isfitted with a stop valve, and terminates with an aircharging connection bleeder valve and pressuregage.

Hydraulic equipment filter system

In addition to the extensive airline systemsdescribed above, the turret is equipped with anelaborate system of pipes and valves thatinterconnects all ordnance equipment hydraulicsystems. This is an installation for maintenance ofhydraulic fluid. It permits clarifying the fluidwithout dumping the systems.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (80 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 90: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 90/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

essure air-water separator mounted in the outermpartment of the upper projectile flat, right

de, against the circular bulkhead. Beforetering the separator, the tubing is fitted with a8-inch high-pressure stop valve. A pressurege, graduated from 0 to 5,000 pounds peruare inch, is mounted above the separator.

om the separator, the tubing extends upwardd through the circular bulkhead to a

The principal unit of this arrangement is acommercial pump and filter assembly called SkinnerFilter Model 3112, type HB. It is located on thepowder handling flat at the position indicated onfigure 21. It is permanently connected to thehydraulic system drain lines with an arrangement ofvalves and pipe lines. The valves enable any drive

system to be drained into a sump tank, all othersystems being isolated from the operation. Sumpfluid can be pumped though the filter and back tothe expansion tank of the power drive.

69

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (81 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 91: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 91/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 1

Figure 63. Firing Cycle Operation

70

Turret Home Page

Next Part

opyright (C) 2006 Historic Naval Ships Association ll Rights Reservedegal Notices and Privacy Policy ersion 1.00, 2 Apr 06

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part1.htm (82 of 82)5/2/2006 16:18:05

Page 92: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 92/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Chapter 2

TURRET OPERATION

TRODUCTION

his chapter is a guide to turret operation. It is

ranged so that it may aid in organizing the crew.ch crew station is separately described; theuipment used and the duties of the station arefined.* These duties are explained or identifiedth respect to the functional activities ofuipment-a station or compartment-and withspect to methods of control of equipment and ofe turret. In the instance of certain key stations,e duties include alternative activities concerning

fferent methods of control or emergency orsualty operations.

ation activities and turret control methods

asses of operations . All station activities aresociated with one of four functional classes oferations. These are:

mmunition service to the gunsun operationun layingontrolling gun fire

mmunition service to the guns and guneration are the same in all methods of turreteration. But the other two classes of operationsry in different methods of remote and local

ntrol.

EMOTE CONTROL is a general method ofrret control that governs turret fire by electricalgnals originating from stations remote from therret.

OCAL CONTROL is a general method applyingseveral variations of control by the turret crew

fire control selections identified by the followingterms:

PRIMARY SURFACE CONTROLPRIMARY AA CONTROLSECONDARY SURFACE CONTROLSECONDARY AA CONTROLLOCAL RADAR CONTROLLOCAL SIGHT CONTROLHI-TURRET CONTROLHAND (EMERGENCY) CONTROL

PRIMARY SURFACE CONTROL is a remotecontrol method employed against surface targets. Itis turret control by a main director in combinationwith main plotting room equipment. It has twovariants: "automatic" and "indicating." In theautomatic variation, the turret is controlled withoutcrew assistance. The other directs the crew in"follow-the-pointer" operation. In both variants, theguns are fired by remote switch at the controlling

director.

PRIMARY AA CONTROL is a remote controlmethod employed against air-borne targets. It isturret control by a main director in combination withmain plotting room equipment. It includes"automatic" and "indicating" variations as in PrimarySurface Control. In both variations, it providesautomatic fuze setting. In Primary AA Control, all

guns are fired by remote switch at the Controllingdirector.

SECONDARY SURFACE CONTROL is a remotecontrol method that is identical to Primary SurfaceControl, except for the controlling director. Itemploys a secondary battery director in combinationwith main plotting room equipment, routing signalsvia secondary plot.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (1 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 93: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 93/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

th facilities at hand.

here are eight principal variations of these basicethods of control. They are turret

Ships should not consider the descriptions of

ties of turret personnel to be rigid or definitive.riations therefrom are within the discretion of

e operating forces, provided existing regulationse observed.

SECONDARY AA CONTROL is a remote controlmethod that is identical to Primary AA Controlexcept for the controlling director. It employs asecondary battery director in combination with mainplotting room equipment, routing signals via secondary plot.

71

Crew Name Station Location

urret Officer Right Turret Control

Turret Officer's Booth

urret Captain Left Turret Control

alker: JE (Computer To Sightetter)

Computer

alker: JW (Radar Range) Radar

alker: JW (Local Computer) Computer

omputer Operator Computer

adar Operator Left Radar

adar Operator Right Radar

lectrician Roving

un Captain* Right Gun Control Panel

un Captain* Center Gun Control Panel

un Cap-Ain* Left Gun Control Panel

un Captain's Assistant** Roving

un Captain's Assistant** Roving

rainer Train Control HandwheelRight Sight Station

ght Setter Sight Setting Indicator

ointer Elevating Control HandwheelLeft Sight Station

hecker Left Sight (Drill Fire Only)

uter Ring Operator Outer Ring Control Handwheel

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (2 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 94: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 94/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Upper Projectile Flat

ner Ring Operator*** Inner Ring Control Handwheel

rojectile Man • Right Steady Arm Mechanism

rojectile Man • Center Steady Arm Mechanism

rojectile Man • Left Steady Arm Mechanism

arbuckler • Right Gypsy Head

arbuckler • Center Gypsy Head

arbuckler • Left Gypsy Head

uter Ring Operator Outer Ring Control Handwheel

Lower Projectile Flat

ner Ring Operator Inner Ring Control Handwheel

rojectile Man Right Steady Arm Mechanism

rojectile Man Center Steady Arm Mechanism

rojectile Man Left Steady Arm Mechanism

arbuckler Right Gypsy Headarbuckler Center Gypsy Head

arbuckler Left Gypsy Head

lectrician Roving

etty Officer In Charge Hoist Communications

Powder Handling Room

rst Powderman, Right Right Powder Hoist

econd Powderman, Right Right Powder Hoist

hird Powderman. Right Magazine Scuttle

rst Powderman, Center Center Powder Hoist

econd Powderman. Center Center Powder Hoist

hird Powderman, Center Magazine Scuttle

rst Powderman. Left Left Powder Hoist

econd Powderman, Left Left Powder Hoist

hird Powderman. Left Magazine Scuttle

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (3 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 95: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 95/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

And Ammunition Supply Talker* Goes Out On Gun Girder Only When Specifically Directed By Turret Officer: Returns Immediatelypon Completion Of Assignment** And Transfer Switch ManEmergency Gun Layers (Any Two): For Right And Center Forward Gun Pit Stations: Emergency Gunayer For Left Gun Pit Station Is Assigned From The Gun House Crew, The Only Access To The

ation Being Via The Left Shelf Plate Hatch

General Notes :

Projectile Men And Parbucklers Will AlternateWhen Emergency Elevating Controls Are Manned. Upper Flat Ammunition Handlers Are Assisted By

ower Flat Crew, After Lower Flat Ammunition Is ExhaustedStations Underscored Are Manned By The Condition Watch

Figure 64. Turret Personnel Organization

72

OCAL RADAR CONTROL iS a local controlethod available to turrets II and III, for useainst a surface target. It is independent turretntrol, deriving target bearing and range byrret radar equipment. It controls the turret train

ive in automatic operation, and the gun layingives in pointer target sighting control. It fires allns by a designated local switch.

OCAL SIGHT CONTROL is a local controlethod available to all turrets for use againstrface targets. It is independent turret control,riving target bearing and range by any availableephone communication or by visual estimate,

cally. It controls turret train and gun laying byget sighting control. It fires all guns bysignated local switch or switches.

AND (EMERGENCY) CONTROL is a localntrol method available to all turrets for useainst surface targets. It is independent gunying control. It derives target bearing and rangeany available communication or locally by

installations, and the crew arrangement; and bydrilling each member of the crew in his duties.

Firing cycle

The significance of turret rapid fire and theimportance of teamwork in the ammunition serviceare indicated by the diagram of figure 63. Incontinuous automatic fire, each of the three guns ofthe turret is firing every six seconds. During thisperiod, many ammunition service actions and gunloading actions take place. Most of these actionsdepend upon completion of a prior action, and thefinal action, gun firing, is dependent upon smooth

coordination and rapid completion of all. Lag ordelay in any action will stop or retard gun firing.Figure 63 identifies each action, shows its timeinterval, together with the period that it overlapsother simultaneous actions, and indicates itsdependence on other interlocking movements.

The firing cycle is the key operation of turret rapidfire. Three-fourths of the turret organization directly

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (4 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 96: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 96/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

sual estimate. It controls turret train by targetghting control. It controls gun laying by separatentrol of each elevating drive. It fires all guns byinter target sighting control.

-TURRET CONTROL is a remote controlethod for controlling turret I against a surface

get. It provides "automatic" or "indicating"ntrol of turret I by gun order transmission fromrret II; turret II transmits these orderstomatically while operating in Local Radar

ontrol. It requires supplementary telephonensmission of sight and parallax data. Hi-Turret

ontrol is an approximation of Primary Surfaceontrol.

bjectives . In all operations and in each methodcontrol, the primary purpose of the new turretsign is to increase the rate and accuracy of firecomparison with equivalent installations ofrlier heavy cruisers; and, secondary, to attains rapid continuous fire with safety. Both safetyd rapidity of equipment actions are designatures of the hoists, guns, gun laying drives, andcontrol arrangements. But speed and safety are

pendent in large measure on crew teamwork,ert, smart operation, and good maintenance.hese personnel factors can be obtained best byderstanding the station equipment, the turret

contribute to its efficient performance, and all otherof the crew are indirectly associated, depending onthe method of turret control.

Personnel organization

The tabulation of the facing page (figure 64)

identifies the members of the turret organization.Forty-four men are required to man the battlestations, and forty-five when training the crew inloading drill and target firing. Twenty-seven men ofthis complement, located in the levels below the gunhouse, operate the ammunition service to the guns;six others, stationed in the gun house, control andmaintain gun operations; these thirty-three men areidentically employed in all methods of turret control.

The balance of the organization consists of two gunlaying operators and ten turret control-men, allstationed in the gun house. These twelve men havevarying duties, depending on the method of turretcontrol. All are engaged when the turret is locallycontrolled in drill operations. But when operatingunder remote control, only one of these men, thesight setter, is actively engaged; all others are at

"stand-by': operation. This and other control dutyvariations are explained in the descriptions ofpersonnel duties starting on page 77.

73

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (5 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 97: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 97/218

Page 98: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 98/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

74

neral maintenance of the control andmmunications circuits, but his principalsponsibility

is trouble correction and aid in maintainingcontinuous operation of the guns.

Figure 66. Turret Personnel Arrangement. Upper Projectile Flat Stations pper projectile flat crew . Eight members of the turret organization are stationed in the upper projectilet, three in the inner compartment, two at the rear right and three at the rear left of the outermpartment; all as identified in figure 66. They are all engaged in supplying projectiles to the hoists, theen in the inner compartment exclusively serving the center projectile hoist while the men in the outerace are a team with right and left sections serving the wing hoists and with the ring operator

aintaining supply to both.

75

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (7 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 99: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 99/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 67. Turret Personnel Arrangement. Lower Projectile Flat Stations wer projectile flat crew . Nine men comprise the organization of the lower projectile flat. Their station

rangements are shown in figure 67. Eight members of this group have identical duties to those of theght men on the flat above. The ninth man is the power-supply electrician and general assistant foraintenance of ammunition service.

wder handling room crew . Figure 68 shows the station arrangements of the remainder of the turretganization. Ten men conduct the powder transfer service; three men serve each hoist under supervisiona petty officer.

76

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (8 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 100: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 100/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 68. Turret Personnel Arrangement. Powder Handling Room Stations ERSONNEL DUTIES

rret officer

uties . The turret officer is the supervisor ofrret operations. He directs the entire crew. Heganizes and trains the operators of all stationsr performance of their duties in all types ofntrol. His operations are directed by the controlficer, when the turret is to be operated in

tomatic or indicating control. He sets the turretnsfer switchboard and other necessary controlsr remote direction and control. His main duties,either of these methods of control, are: generalpervision of turret operation, coordinating andrecting the

work of the turret crew, and observing the fall of-

shot through the periscope or on the radar screen. Heis prepared to take control, in the event of failure ofdirector control, and to direct target firing aftershifting to local control.

In local control, the turret officer assumes fullcontrol of turret fire, designating the target anddirecting and coordinating all turret operations. Heobserves the fall-of-shot through the periscope or on

the radar screen, and constantly gives spotcorrection orders to the computer operator.

Equipment used . The turret officer's control stationand the equipment used by him, both at the stationand adjacent thereto, are illustrated

77

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (9 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 101: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 101/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 69. Turret Officer's Booth. Fire Control Arrangement. Forward Bulkhead figures 69 and 70. His major piece ofuipment is his transfer switchboard, consisting25 rotary switch elements, lights panels, and

arning buzzers, used to route electrical controlgnals from the plotting room in control of therret to units within the turret. He may use ariscope or radar screen to observe the target andl-of-shot. He has a selective switch, enabling

m to select the remote or local firing key, and tooose whether the source of power to energizee firing circuit shall be electric current fromernating current ship supply or local storagettery. He has an emergency stop control, whichntrols emergency stopping of the elevating andining gears. In addition, he has at his disposalindicator panel which indicates visually the

ate of loading or firing readiness of each of theree guns; a six-dial danger and clear sectordicator which serves to indicate when any of thens' line of fire closely approaches ship'sucture; and a multiple turret train indicator

hich indicates turret train order and the actualgle of turret train. He has sprinkling systemntrol valves for selective control of emergencyrinkling of

the gun breeches, ammunition hoists, and projectilesin stowage. He has various types of communicationequipment which he uses to maintaincommunications between himself and personnel ofthe plotting room, control stations, and other shipstations; and also with personnel within the turret.

Turret captain

Duties . The turret captain is the assistant supervisorof turret operations. He helps to organize and trainpersonnel for performance of their duties in all typesof control. He complies with the orders of the turretofficer, assisting him in the setting of controls forremote direction or remote control and helping himto shift to local control when the director systemdoes not function. He is commonly delegated asoverseer of gun operations, directing andcoordinating the work of the three gun captains. Inaddition, he is always ready to take over turretsupervision in event of incapacity of the turretofficer.

He mans his periscope, observing the fall-of shot,and is prepared to give spot corrections to

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (10 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 102: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 102/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

78

e computer operator, when directed by the turretficer.

quipment used . The turret captain's control

ation and the equipment used by him areustrated in figure 69. His equipment includese left periscope; an indicator panel exactly likee turret officer's except that it has no switches;8-circuit lighting distribution box for control ofhting within the gun pits and at other pointsout the pan plate; and elements of the interiormmunication equipment.

lkers

hree telephone talkers are stationed in the turretficer's booth to transmit, orally, supervisoryrections and fire control data. Their stationsignments are: radar operator's range data talker,mputer operator's range talker, and computererator's sight setter talker.

uties . Duties of all talkers are basically theme. They receive telephone communicationsom within and without the turret and relay themthe personnel to whom they are assigned, andey transmit orders via telephone to otherrsonnel as directed.

he radar operator's talker transmits rangeformation from the radar operator to the

mputer operator. He receives instructions

from the turret officer for further transmission to theoperators.

The auxiliary computer operator's sight setter talker

transmits sight deflection and sight angle orders tothe sight setter. The computer operator's range talkerreceives range information from the radar operator'srange talker, which he relays to the computeroperator.

Equipment used . Talkers use push-to-talk buttontelephone handsets or telephone headsets withbreastplate-supported and pushbutton-controlled

transmitters.

Computer operator

Duties . The computer operator is solely responsiblefor the operation of the auxiliary computer. Theposition of the instrument and of the operator'sstation are shown in figure 70. He is at stand-byduty in any of the methods of remote control, fully

prepared to take over computation of the fire controlproblem, should turret control be switched to local.While in standby duty, if range can be received fromthe radar operators, he computes the fire controlproblem as an exercise and check.

In turret local control, the computer operatorcomputes the fire control problem for all movementsof target and ship and for wind across

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (11 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 103: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 103/218

Page 104: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 104/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 71. Radar Operator's Stations

operator at the auxiliary computer, so that sightangle and deflection information, in turn, may berelayed to the sight setter.

While tracking the target with the antenna (by theantenna train control unit), the radar operator alsotrains the turret (by the turret train transmitter at his

station), to bring the guns to the same bearing as thebeam of the radar antenna. In the meantime, thesight setter cranks in sight angle to correspond withsight angle data received from the auxiliarycomputer, and at the same time he sets the deflectidials at zero deflection .

When turret train and antenna train are matched, andthe sight setter's deflection dials are at zero, control

of antenna train (with respect to turret bearing) isshifted to the sight setter, who offsets the antenna indeflection to correspond to the value of deflectionderived from the auxiliary computer.

As the antenna revolves to its offset position, theradar operator trains the turret so as to hold thetarget in the antenna beam. Thus, the guns aretrained to the correct angle of deflection. Thereafter,

while the turret tracks the same target, the radaroperator continuously operates the range unit crankand the turret train order transmitter crank.

80

quipment used . The equipment used by thedar operators includes the two radar scopestallations, the train transmitter (turret order),e antenna train drive control unit, and the radarnge unit, all shown in figure 71.

ectrician (turret officer's booth)

uties . The electrician in the turret officer's booththe general utility trouble-shooter for turretectrical equipment. He is primarily concernedth maintaining performance of turret electrical

In preparing for action, he starts the power drives forthe slide equipment and hoists of his gun, and closestheir respective control circuits. He directs the guncaptain's assistant in stowing the slide securingdevices, in setting the hoist control selectors, inreleasing the gun locking device, in initial openingof the breech, and in appropriately setting the by-pass and accumulator valves of the slide and the airsupply valve of the gas ejector. He directs theammunition supply crews to fill his hoists when soordered by the turret officer. He personally verifiesthe charges of the counterrecoil and recoil

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (13 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 105: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 105/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

uipment in the turret officer's booth and the gunom, except fire control and radar gear. He actsa roving trouble-shooter during turret operation,

aking circuit continuity checks, replacing fusesd indicator lamps, and otherwise repairing andplacing electrical elements in any instance ofalfunction or failure of gun controls,

nsmission circuits, communications, battleumination, and the ready light system. In battle,s foremost duty is as an additional aide for then captains.

quipment used . In performance of his duties,e electrician employs the tools and accessoriesthe electrical test and service maintenancetfits. His roving battle station includes servicing

all electrical installations of the gun house andn pits. This includes the electrical equipment ofe guns, the elevating gear drives, the hoists, allceiving, transmitting, and indicating units of theoth, and the sight stations, except fire controld radar equipment.

un captains

uties . Each of the three gun captains is directlysponsible for master control and supervision of an. He manipulates the power supply and master

witching controls which govern operation of themmunition hoists, fuze setter, and his gun. Herects the activities of the gun captain's assistantscorrecting malfunctions of the gun. As

mmunition supply talker, he directs powder andojectile handling room service to the hoists. Herticipates in and supervises all serviceaintenance, preparation for fire, and securing ofs gun at "Cease fire." He has emergency stopd unload control of gun laying, for his gun, asell as emergency firing control.

mechanisms.

During gun firing operation, he observes thecontinuity of automatic gun loading-firing actions,and is constantly ready to stop the actions of gunand hoists and of gun laying in the event of anymalfunction or at occurrence of "Cease fire" order.

After all firing operations, he works with the gunhouse and hoist crews to unload the gun and hoists;to clean, preserve and stow all gun and hoist units.

Equipment used . Each gun captain uses telephonesand the control panel for his gun. Equipment of atypical station is shown in figure 72. All theswitches and indicating lights essential to the duties

described above are identified in this illustration.

Gun captain's assistants

Duties . The two gun captain's assistants are stand-byaides to correct the malfunctioning of any gun. Theyassist during preparation for fire and when securingthe guns. Each is responsible to the gun captains andthe turret officer for the performance of his assigned

duties within the gun room.

In preparing for action, he casts loose the slidesecuring devices, releases the gun locking device,sets the hoist functional control selectors, releasesthe turret centering pins, and positions the fuzesetter retractor lever latch. During the initial stagesof first-round operation, he manually trips thebreech bolt to open the breech, and appropriately

sets the by-pass and accumulator valves of the slideand the air supply valve of the gas ejector.

During firing, he stands by to assist the gun captainand turret officer as they direct. He is

81

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (14 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 106: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 106/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 72. Gun Captain's Control Station. General Arrangement epared for any emergency within the gun room,d holds himself ready to go out on the gunrder or within the gun pits to take remedialeasures in event of a casualty to the equipment.

emergency, during gun casualty operation, herforms or assists in manual case extraction,anual ejection, and the operations necessary tosume normal fire.

"Cease fire" he assists in the unloading of gund hoists and the cleaning of equipment, as wellchecking, lubricating, and preserving the guns.

e assists in ammunition stowage, when the gunists are being used to lower ammunition to theojectile flats.

Equipment used . Each gun captain's assistantperforms various starting, unloading, and misfirecorrecting operations on the guns and their relatedequipment within the gun room. In securing afterfiring, he uses the standard and special tools andequipment necessary.

Trainer

Duties . The trainer is directly responsible to theturret officer for the supervision of operation andcontrol of the training gear. He manipulates thepower supply and master switching controls, shownin figure 73, which govern selection of control ofturret train.

In starting operations, the trainer positions

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (15 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 107: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 107/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

82

Figure 73. Trainer's and Sight Setter's Stations General Arrangement. Rear View

83

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (16 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 108: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 108/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 74. Trainer,s and Sight Setter's Stations General Arrangement. Right SideView

84

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (17 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 109: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 109/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

e control selector to HAND and manipulates thewitches which energize the training gear power

d control circuits. After starting the drive, hesitions the selector in LOCAL and brings therret in correspondence with the indicated traingnal, after which, when directed by the turretficer, he positions the selector in AUTO.

turret automatic control the trainer is at stand-. He makes frequent target sight checks andatches the dial pointers before him to check thatn position agrees with turret train order. Heaintains himself at all times in readiness tosume local control of turret train.

the event of malfunction of the automatic

stem, or in response to order to shift to turretdicating control, the trainer positions his controllector at LOCAL and begins follow-the pointereration. In this instance, gun train orderdicated on the gun train indicator is matched bye rotation of the handwheels, so that the trainerdirectly training the turret.

the alternative method of turret local control,

th the radar operators using the train transmitterurret order) to send an electrical turret train ordergnal directly to the train receiver-regulator, theiner is again at standby, with his controlector at automatic. The same electrical signal isnt to the gun train indicator. This enables theiner to shift into indicating control, following-

e-pointer, if directed by the turret officer.

the event of radar failure necessitating a shift torret local sight control, the trainer rotates hisndwheels to maintain his telescope on theget, thus training the turret. In this method ofntrol, he operates his firing key to control gune when directed by the turret officer, closing hisy when his sight cross lines are on the target.

quipment used . The trainer's station and

of sight and correct gun orders. He performs thisduty in all methods of turret control. His station andequipment are shown in figures 73 and 74. Heoperates the hand cranks of his indicator in responseto electrically received dial-actuated orders, or, inlocal control, according to data received bytelephone. These values are for offset depression of

the lines of sight from parallelism with the guns,called sight angle; azimuth offset of the lines ofsight, called sight deflection; and turret train offsetfor difference in target angle at the director and theguns, called parallax range. In performing thesefollow-the-pointer duties, he is entering correctionsto the gun orders and moving the pointer and trainerlines of sight. When in local control, this movementcompels those operators to rotate their handwheels,

and thus move the guns until their telescope cross-lines are on the target.

In all methods of remote control, the parallax range,sight deflection, and sight angle values areelectrically transmitted from the plotting room todials on the sight setter's indicator. Associated dialsmatch up when the sight setter turns the hand cranksand transmits the proper values. He mechanicallytransmits sight deflection to all the sights. Hemechanically transmits sight angle to the elevationindicator-regulators and gun elevation indicator,and, through a sight elevation differential, to thepointer's and checker's sights. He mechanicallytransmits parallax range to the train receiver-regulator and the gun train indicator.

In local control, when plot orders are not available,values for sight deflection and sight angle aretelephoned to the sight setter from the auxiliarycomputer operator. Under this method of control,the sight setter does not match dials on his indicator,since he has no electrical input to activate the orderdials, but cranks in the inputs as received.

In local control, the sight setter's indicator alsofunctions to control deflection of the radar antenna.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (18 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 110: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 110/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

uipment are shown in figures 73 and 74.incipal items are the trainer's control anddicator panel, the gun train indicator, theiner's handwheels, the trainer's ready switch,

e firing key, and the sight.

ght setter

he sight setter is responsible for manuallytering mechanical values that offset the lines

A signal is transmitted electrically to the antennatrain drive in order that the antenna may be offsetthe same amount as the line-of-sight. The sightsetter rotates an antenna control switch on theindicator in order to perform this operation.

85

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (19 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 111: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 111/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 75. Pointer's and Checker's Stations General Arrangement. Rear View

86

quipment used . With exception of theephones, all of the equipment used by the sighttter is shown in figures 73 and 74.

inter

uties . The pointer is directly responsible to therret officer for the supervision of operation andntrol of the elevating gear. He manipulates thewer supply and master switching controls,own in figure 75, which govern selection ofntrol of gun elevation.

starting operations, the pointer positions thegulator selector switches in HAND and closese start switches which energize all elevatingar motors.

he three emergency gun layers must man themergency stations during starting operations inder to position the hydraulic pump (A-end)ting plates in neutral, which will be indicated byhts on the pointer's panel. When the powerives have been started, the emergency gunyers and the pointer should position the threens and the pointer's transmitter at approximately

ro elevation, at which time the pointer shouldrn the selector switches to LOCAL. With thens in local control, the pointer should bring thens into correspondence with the elevation orderown on the pointer's indicator, after which heay position the selector switches in AUTO.

turret automatic control, the pointer is at stand-. He makes frequent target sight checks and

In turret hand control, used only in extremeemergency, the emergency gun layers in the gun pitscontrol gun elevation. In this method of control, andwhen operating under local target sighting control,the pointer, or the trainer, controls gun firing. He hasat his disposal a firing key that may be used to firethe guns when the emergency firing circuit has beenclosed, and he is notified that the turret officer has

selected his firing circuit as the one to be used.

Equipment used . Figures 75 and 76 show thearrangement and identify all equipment used by thepointer. The principal element is the control panel athis left. In this cabinet are ready light indicators forthe guns and elevating drives and manually operatedswitches controlling starting and stopping of eachdrive, selection of the method of control, and cut-out

of the ready light circuits for the individual guns.Immediately in front of the pointer's seat are hishand-wheel controls in a pedestal on top of anelectric gun order transmitter; the right hand grip isa conventional firing key. Above the handwheels ishis sight telescope, and before this instrument aretwo indicator dial panels, both visible in the spaceunder the checker's sight bracket. These are the dialsof the gun elevation indicator and the gun elevation

response selector. The latter instrument is the unitthrough which one of the gun elevating movementsis chosen to provide gun elevation response data forthe sights and the gun elevation order correctingdevices. It indicates the elevation synchronism ofthe three guns. The selection is made manually byshifting a clutch lever mounted as shown in figure75.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (20 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 112: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 112/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

atches the dial pointers before him to check thatn position agrees with gun order. He maintainsmself in readiness at all times to assume localntrol.

the event of malfunction of the automaticstem, requiring a shift to turret indicating

ntrol, the pointer positions his transmitter torrespond to the elevation order shown on then elevation indicator and positions the regulatorlector switches at LOCAL and begins follow-e-pointer operation. In this instance, gunevation order indicated on the gun elevationdicator is matched by the rotation of thendwheels, so that the pointer is directlyevating the guns to the proper angle.

turret local control, the pointer positions thens in elevation by sighting through his telescoped maintaining the telescope cross-wires on theget by rotating the handwheels.

At the pointer's right foot is a foot-operated switchthrough which he signals to the gun captains, theturret officer, the turret captain, and the trainer,when operating in local control, that he is on thetarget. (Pointer's ready switch).

Checker

Duties . The checker is a gunnery training memberof the crew, generally the turret officer, turretcaptain or an assignment from the gunnery officer'sstaff. His station is manned only during drilloperations or practice firing. It is his duty to coachthe turret control personnel

87

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (21 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 113: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 113/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 76. Pointer's and Checker's Stations General Arrangement. Left Side View

88

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (22 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 114: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 114/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 77. Projectile Ring and Control Stations hen operating in target sighting local control.imarily, he is concerned with developing theill of the pointer and trainer in operating theirndwheels to hold the sight cross-wires on theget. But he is also a fire control safety-man

ho verifies the drill target to prevent firingcident. He cautions the pointer and ordersspension of firing when the turret approachesposition that may endanger the target towingip or other craft as a result of dispersion,ochet, straddle, delayed fuze action or otherentuality.

quipment used . The checker's equipmentnsists of the sight telescope arranged asown in figures 75 and 76 and the telephonendset or headset.

ojectile ring operators

uties . Each of the four projectile ring

for ammunition delivery to the parbuckler men. Eachman separately controls the operation of a projectilering by manually rotating an inner or outer ring controlhandwheel arranged as shown in figure 77. Thesecontrol stations and the responsibilities of theoperators differ, depending on the type of ammunitionservice employed.

Inner ring operators are responsible for maintainingprojectile supply for one hoist only. They have visualobservation of parbuckling, and thus can see when it issafe to move the projectile ring and when more supplyis needed. Each operator's work consists of unlatchinghis handwheel and rotating it to initiate a ring cycle.He releases the wheel, and the cycle is completedautomatically. This action places six projectiles withinreach of the parbuckler. It must be repeated when thesixth projectile has been removed from the ring and isbeing transferred to the hoist.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (23 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 115: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 115/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

erators of the turret crew is a controlman

89

Figure 78. Projectile Man and Parbuckling Man Stations

90

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (24 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 116: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 116/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

uter ring operators may have to perform theirties in either of two methods of ammunitionrvice. In one method, the right and leftojectile hoists are served from one ring. In theher method, the outer ring of one flat serves theher hoist. The method serving two hoists frome ring requires the operator to be alert to

event casualty: In this method, the operatornnot observe parbuckling at both hoists; heust watch two indicator dials of projectile ringntrol circuit RP, unlatching his handwheel andtiating a cycle in the same manner as the inner

ng operator when both indicator lights are out.

addition to their control handwheel duties, allerators are responsible for starting and

opping their respective power drives, and forsting loose and securing the ring centeringns. Between cycles of ring movement, theysist the parbuckling and hoist operators,eaking projectile lashings and steadyingojectile transfer.

quipment used . Accessible to each operatorhen at his station, are his control handwheel,

wer drive master push button, and a turretarm contact maker, circuit RA. In addition, theter ring operation has a circuit RP indicator.l stations are close to the telephone and publicdress system units of the flat. All equipment isranged as shown in figure 77.

ojectile men

uties . There are three projectile men on eachojectile flat, one each located at the right,nter, and left steady arm mechanisms of therbuckling gear. Each projectile man, togetherth his parbuckler, is a hoist loading operatorr parbuckling projectiles from the projectileng into the hoist. His operations involveabbing a projectile from the ring with theeady arm device and transferring it into the

Parbucklers

Duties . There are three parbucklers on each projectileflat, one each located at the right, center, and leftgypsy heads. Together with the projectile man withwhom he teams, each par-buckler is responsible forcontinuous delivery of projectiles from the projectile

ring into the hoist at which he is stationed. Hisparbuckling work consists of applying snubbing ropetension immediately after the projectile man hasgrabbed a projectile. This applies power to the steadyarm to pull the arm and projectile to the hoist underguidance of the projectile man. He holds snubbingrope tension until the projectile has been ejected fromthe steady arm.

Right and left parbucklers have additional duties.Every sixth round they must release the spring detentof the circuit RP contact makers. This actionextinguishes the light in the indicator at the projectilering operator's station. It is the signal to rotate thering one cycle to supply six more projectiles.

Equipment used . A snubbing rope and gypsy headare used by the parbucklers at their respective

stations. Typical arrangements are shown in figure78.

Electrician (lower projectile flat)

Duties . The electrician in the lower projectile flatperforms a number of miscellaneous duties. He isprimarily concerned with the turret electric supplypanels and other electrical equipment located about

the flat. During operation, he acts as a roving trouble-shooter, making circuit continuity checks, replacingfuses and indicator lamps, and otherwise repairingand replacing electrical elements in any instance ofmalfunction or failure.

Equipment used . In performance of the above dutiesthe electrician employs the tools and accessories ofthe electrical test and service maintenance outfits. His

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (25 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 117: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 117/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

ist. This action operates hoist conveyor, door,d trigger controls that cause the power drive ofe hoist to lift the projectile one stage or flightcle.

quipment used . Each projectile man has theeady arm mechanism and hoist loading aperture

ntrols shown in figure 78. His station includesemergency stop control switch that enables

m to stop the hoist power drive.

roving battle station includes the servicing of allelectrical installations in the upper and lowerprojectile flats and the powder handling room.

Petty officer in charge (powder handling room)

Duties . The powder handling room petty officer is

supervisor of safe powder transfer

91

Figure 79. Powder Handling Room Control Stations

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (26 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 118: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 118/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

erations. Under the turret officer, he organizese powder crew, training the men to be skillful inanipulating the powder trucks when serving thewder hoist scuttle. He directs their movementsprevent traffic confusion, orienting the threeist crews so that they move between the rotatingatform and the magazine scuttles without

erference. If the service to any hoist lags, hesists that crew.

he importance of these duties is best appreciatedstudy of the powder service period of the guneration cycle illustrated in figure 63, and of theossing routes of the powdermen; see figure 68.the powder transfer operation from magazineuttle to hoist conveyor requires more than five

conds, gun operation is seriously delayed.

addition to the above primary duties, the pettyficer has important safety functions.

He and his crew must be alert to prevent transfer ofloose powder; an unsafely crimped plug of a powdercase will spill powder in the gun loading action; adamaged case or primer will cause misfire or otherstoppage.

If a powder case spills in the powder room transfer

operation, he must be ready to get rid of the debrisso that hoist service will not be delayed.

If any fire hazard is indicated or occurs, he mustoperate one or both of his sprinkling controls.

When starting up operations, it is his duty toascertain by careful inspection and operating teststhat all magazine and hoist scuttles are safe and in

perfect operating condition.

Equipment used. The equipment used by the pettyofficer consists of the communications unitsmounted on the central column panel as

92

own in figure 79, the controls of sprinkling

ation C, and a short length of fire hosennected for battle operations at the globe valvese connection of the fire main water supply line,own in figure 79. In addition, as supervisor, hedirectly responsible for the condition of alluttles, the six powder trucks, the floor, and allist communications, and the secured conditionthe ordnance stores rooms behind the hoists.

wdermen

he three groups of powdermen identified ingure 64 have identical operations in supplyingeir respective hoists.

uties . The first and second powdermen aregaged exclusively in powder transfer. Theirerations require skill in removing powder cases

are being removed from the scuttle, and also avoid

blocking passage of other powdermen.

Equipment used . The first and second powder-man's equipment comprises specially designed andeasily maneuvered powder trucks, hoist scuttle,scuttle controls, scuttle manual drive, the hoistemergency stop switch, and telephonecommunication to his captain.

The third powderman's equipment comprises themagazine scuttle.

PREPARING FOR OPERATION

One hundred and sixty-three manually performedoperations* are required to cast loose a securedturret and to start equipment preparatory to firing.This is a minimum preparation schedule that must

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (27 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 119: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 119/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

om the magazine scuttles and in loading theist scuttle. The latter action must be performed

martly to carry the case through the doors andtuate the trigger positively; hasty loading,lling of ship, and slippery deck can givenpositive action, possibly cause a "spill," orherwise delay or stop hoist service. The

wderman currently loading the scuttle chambereach hoist should, after making sure that thewder case is fully inserted, manually operatee scuttle control switch CQ to the positionarked "Chamber A to hoist" or "Chamber B toist," and observe operation of the scuttle tosure hoist service. In event of scuttle or hoistm, he must stop the hoist. He must assist inblocking the stoppage and in getting his hoist

ive back into normal powder delivery. In eventfailure of the power drive of his hoist scuttle, heust man the hand crank drive for that unit afterading the case into the shuttle. He must alsomply with the gun demands and instructions ofe gun captain. The third powderman is stationedthe fixed structure at a convenient position for

anually rotating the magazine scuttle by meansthe operating handle. His normal duties consistrotating the magazine scuttle when the visual

uttle signaling device indicates that loading one magazine side is completed. He must, insofarpracticable, rotate the scuttle so as to avoiderference with the first or second powderman

hile powder eases

be performed after stations are manned.Approximately 240 additional manual actions arerequired to fill the six ammunition hoists. Theseactivities not only require time, but many of themdepend on other time-consuming characteristics ofthe equipment that delay firing until systemtemperatures and pressures can build up. It is

therefore important that the work to be done must becoordinated by dividing duties amongst the crewand establishing a duty-sequence for each man. Thisorganization of the work should consider the designarrangements for access, turret exterior operations,work priority, and locations of controls, all as brieflyreviewed in the paragraphs following.

Manning stations

The turret design plan for personnel access isthrough three doors: the center door in the gunhouse rear plate and the two doors in the turretfoundation at the powder handling flat. The rightand left doors in the gun house rear plate are notpersonnel access doors; they were designed forserving ammunition to the turret and for relining theguns. Both should be closed and secured at all other

times.

* Thirty-six casting-loose operations, releasingcentering pins, tube covers, periscope covers, sighthoods, and securing hatches and doors; 127 startingoperations, opening cut-off valves, openingbreeches, setting switches, checking air andhydraulic systems, closing power circuits, settingventilator and sprinkler system controls, andestablishing control communications.

93

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (28 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 120: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 120/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

he crew may be routed through the three doorsany of several alternatives, but the

commended routes are based on a secured centern pit hatch. This requires all stations below then to be manned through the turret foundationors, while the gun house crew only use the doorthe rear of the turret officer's booth. It is a route

an that enables all three guns to be brought intotion simultaneously. Any alternative that manse upper and lower projectile flats through then house and the center gun pit delays operationthe center gun. With the condition watch onty and hoists full, this alternative is thereforeappropriate and unsafe.

arting operations

ven classes of manually performed operationse involved in starting turret operations. Thesee:

uxiliary service operations: Lighting,ntilating, heating, air supply, and sprinklingntrol operations

eleasing secured equipmentcuring hatches, doors, hoods, and coverstablishing communicationsdnance inspection and test operationsdnance equipment preparationsdnance starting operations

uxiliary service operations . All operationsplying to the first class of starting activities are

thin the turret. They are "first" duties for theew. Location arrangements and logical crewsignments for accomplishing them are asllows:

GHTING. Mounted to the right of the centercess door, on the left side of the right radar gear,a 12-circuit distribution box. Switches on thex provide selective control for closing all

the door switch master cutout switch, at his station,as necessary.

An 8-circuit distribution box is mounted on thepartial bulkhead at the turret captain's station.Switches on the box provide selective control oflighting and receptacle circuits within the gun pits

and at various other points about the pan plate. Theturret captain normally operates these switches tomatch the lighting conditions in the gun room andturret officer's booth.

An 8-circuit distribution box is mounted on theinside of the inner circular bulkhead, to the rear,within the upper projectile flat. Switches on the boxprovide selective control of magazine-type lighting

fixtures and receptacle circuits within the upperprojectile flat. Normally, these switches are operatedby the inner ring operator.

An 8-circuit distribution box is mounted on theinside of the inner circular bulkhead, to the rear,within the lower projectile flat. Switches on the boxprovide selective control of magazine-type lightingfixtures and receptacle circuits, within both the

lower projectile flat and the powder-handling room.Normally, these switches are operated by the innerring operator.

INSTRUMENT ILLUMINATION. A snap switch,located on the right inner end of the turret officer'sbooth, provides control of illumination of instrumentdials and sight crosslines for certain equipment inthe gun house. The snap switch has four positions;

two OFF positions, TOP BATTERY, and ILLUM.TRANS. Ordinarily, the switch will be positioned atILLUM. TRANS., which serves to step-down the110-volt, 60-cycle, ship's service supply to the 6-volt current required by the instrument illuminationcircuit. When the switch is positioned at TOPBATTERY, an emergency supply for the circuit isavailable from a 6-volt SBM, 100-ampere-hourstorage battery. Rheostats in the circuits to the

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (29 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 121: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 121/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

hting and portable electrical equipment circuitsthin the gun room and the turret officer's booth.

n additional circuit provides master illuminationtout, within these areas, by door-operated

witches at each of the three doors. The turretptain or the roving electrician normally operates

witches on this box to obtain the desired lighting

nditions, selecting normal lighting (diffusingxtures), or battle illumination (red globextures), as necessary. The turret officer opens oroses

checker's telescope, pointer's telescope, and trainer'stelescope provide dimming control for each of thesecircuits. The rheostats are located within convenientreach of the users of the respective telescopes, attheir stations.

VENTILATION. Two controllers, one for each- of

the two ventilating systems, are

94

ounted at the left side of the turret officer'soth. The controller for the system No. 1ntilating set is equipped with push buttonshich provide start, stop, and reset and emergencyntrol. The controller for the system No. 2ntilating set is equipped with push buttonshich provide high and low speed start, high andw speed emergency run, and stop control.ormally, the roving electrician in the turretficer's booth depresses the START push buttonsthese controllers to place the ventilating sets ineration. He also operates the mechanisms foranually setting the exhaust and inlet parts in theerhang at their open detent positions. Airhaust is automatically regulated to maintain thesired pressure within the turret.

R SUPPLY, GAS EJECTOR SYSTEM.dinarily, the gas ejector air supply will alwaysopen and under pressure. Either the turret

ficer or the turret captain may observe theirspective pressure gages at their stations to checkstem pressure. However, there are gate valves ine system beyond the take-off for the gageping, and these must be checked. Valves areainly marked, such as GAS EJECT. TO RIGHTND CENTER GUNS CUTOUT, and GASECT. CUTOUT, and are located within the guns, and in the gun room. They usually areecked by the gun captain's assistants when so

right side; the other valve, labeled AIR TOSPRINKLING TANKS is located in the turretofficer's booth, close to the air control cock. Withthese valves open, the turret officer then sets the aircontrol cock in his booth to VENT position. Afterwater appears at the overflow, the cock is kept atvent position until both sprinkling tanks are free ofair. At that time, the air control cock is set to. AIRSUPPLY position. A pressure gage adjacent to theair control cock supplies information as to systempressure.

HEATING. Space heaters, located at six controlstations in the turret officer's booth and three controlstations in the pan plate, provide heat for turretpersonnel. Two four-circuit distribution boxes arelocated one above the other on the gun-room side ofthe partial bulkhead at the rear of the left gun, andone six-circuit distribution box is located on the gun-room side of the partial bulkhead at the rear of theright gun. An ON-OFF snap switch at each boxcontrols the power supply of all heaters fed by theboxes. These are switched on by the gun captain'sassistants, when directed. The heaters are located atthe radar operator's station; left, center, and rightgun captain's station; pointer's station, and trainer'sstation; and a heater is located at each of the threeelevating gear emergency control stations in theforward half of the gun pits. Each heater is providedwith an adjacently mounted ON-OFF snap switch,

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (30 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 122: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 122/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

rected by the turret officer. Should systemessure not be indicated at the gages, it iscessary to check and open the valves at the low-essure separator in the upper projectile flat, ate gas ejecting relay tanks on the lower projectilet, and in the piping throughout both projectile

vels and the powder-handling room. This is

ne by designated men on the respective levels,directed by the turret officer or turret captain.

R TO SPRINKLING TANKS. In ordinaryrret drill operations, sprinkling tanks are filledth water at all times, but are not under airessure. In preparing for battle conditions, airessure is placed on the water in the tanks. Theocedure is as follows. The turret officer directs

at the two valves in the air line be opened. Onelve, labeled AIR TO SPRINKLING TANKS iscated on the high-pressure side of the reducinglve on the pan bevel,

which is operated by personnel at the heatingstations to provide heat as desired.

Casting loose

Casting loose operations consist of opening covers,such as the sight hood shutters, periscope hood

covers, case ejector tube covers, and muzzle covers;and of releasing the various securing devices on thegun, slide, turret, and projectile rings. These areindividually covered in the following.

Opening sight hood shutters . The pointer, trainerand checker are each provided with a telescope.Telescope sight ports in the side armor are eachfitted with a sight hood, shutter frame, shutter rack,

shutter, and handwheel pinion shaft operatingmechanism. The arc-shaped shutter rotates in theframe under

95

Figure 80. Opening a Sight Hood Shutter

ndwheel movement, approximately 2 3/4 turnsthe handwheel being required to open theutter. The pointer, trainer, and checker eachrns the shutter handwheel at his respective

that the tompion clamping bolt be loosened with aproper wrench and the tompion then lifted out.

Releasing turret centering pins . Two turretcentering pins are provided, one in each rear cornerrecess of the shelf plate, at the rear of the gun room.An operating wrench for each pin is mounted on thebulkhead adjacent to the pin. The gun captain'sassistants normally release the pins, as illustrated infigure 82. The wrench is used to turn the screw bolthead of the centering pin, a clockwise turningmovement screwing the bolt into and raising thecentering pin from the tapered centering hole in thebarbette in which it fits. The clockwise turningdirection to clear the pin is shown on the name platesecured to the top of the flanged mounting in whichthe pin rides. At the side of this flanged mounting isa rod indicator assembly, which is attached to andrides with the pin. An arrow is marked on the side ofthis rod. When the centering pin has been raisedclear of the barbette, the rod indicator will have

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (31 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 123: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 123/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

ation to open the sight hood shutter, as shown ingure 80. Handwheels are located just inside thede armor, at the sight ports.

riscope hood covers . Personnel designated bye turret officer open the periscope hood covers,ached from the exterior top of the gun house.

he covers are secured by a wing nut which mustremoved; the cover is then swung to the opensition and secured open by another wing nut.

ase ejector tube covers . The spring-loaded caseector tube covers are each secured by threenged studs fitted with wing nuts. Personnelsignated by the turret officer loosen the wingts and hinge and secure the studs to one side, as

own in figure 81, so that the tube covers may berung open by the ejecting action of the emptyses. Spring action closes the covers, but doest secure them, immediately after an empty caseejected.

mpions, muzzle covers . Personnel designatedthe turret officer remove the tompions or

uzzle covers. Removing a tompion requires

risen

Figure 81. Securing Case Ejector Tube Cover for Action

96

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (32 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 124: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 124/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 82. Releasing Turret Centering Pin

through the flanged mounting, so that the point

the arrow is flush with the top of the flange.avel distance of the pin is approximately twoches.

leasing slide steady rests and securing pins .hen directed by the turret officer, the gunptains or their assistants release the slide steadyst and securing pins, as shown in figure 83.hese are similar hand-operated screw-type

echanisms mounted on opposite sides of eachde. The securing device is on the inboard sidethe slide and should be released before the

eady rest, which is on the outboard side of thede. By turning the respective handwheels, thecuring-device pin is withdrawn from its bore ine gun girder and the steady rest from its positionainst the gun girder.

Figure 83. Releasing Slide Securing Device

Figure 84. Releasing Gun Locking Device

Releasing gun locking device . Each gun isprovided with a gun locking device which securesthe gun and housing assembly to the recoil cylinder.When directed, each gun captain, or one of the guncaptain's assistants, disengages the locking deviceon his gun by loosening the locknut and turning theconnecting screw until it is unscrewed from its

safety link, and then tightening the locknut until themechanism is secured in the stowed position. Themethod is shown in figure 84.

Releasing projectile-ring pins . Each projectile rinhas two retractable screw-type centering pins, whichfit in mating sockets bolted in position in theassemblage of fixed roller cages. A special socketwrench is stowed in a clip at each pin station. The

ring operator, or a designated projectile man orparbuckler, retracts the

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (33 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 125: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 125/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

97

Figure 85. Releasing Projectile Ring CenteringPin

ring pins using the special wrench, as shown infigure 85, until the white CLEAR indicator is visiblein the top of the pin.

Establishing communications

Simultaneously with the preceding starting activitiesand during performance of certain of the ordnanceequipment control setting operations describedbelow, it is imperative that communications beestablished throughout the turret. This is particularlynecessary when closing the supply circuits andmanipulating the controls of the electric control

systems of the guns, the ammunition hoists, and thegun laying drives. None of the automaticmechanisms should be placed in operation untilcontrol members of the crew have received reportsthat the casting-loose operations and inspectionshave been completed and that the gun pits, theslides, the projectile rings, and other hazardous areasare clear of personnel, tools, accessories, andsupplies; "ready" reports should be coordinated byclearing them through the turret captain.

Communications employed in this essential phase ofthe starting operations, and subsequently, are thepublic address and telephone systems. A minimumof 18 members of the crew must install telephoneheadset receivers and talk-back microphones; othersmay be similarly equipped according to the turretofficer's plan of organization. The required wearersare: the turret officer, turret captain, and computeroperator, the three control talkers (see figure 64) ,the three gun captains, the pointer, trainer, sightsetter, and checker, the three emergency gun layers(temporarily manning their stations when starting),and at least one man (usually the petty officer incharge) on each of the projectile and powderhandling flats.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (34 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 126: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 126/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

ORDNANCE EQUIPMENT PREPARATIONSAND STARTING OPERATIONS

Starting operations, described in the paragraphsfollowing, include safety checks, operatingprecautions, and operating tests that are performedon all ordnance assemblies; also the turning on of

turret primary power and starting drives.

98

fety checks, operating precautions, and tests

rsonnel must be fully cognizant of the necessaryerating precautions and safety checks. Alldnance assemblies require periodic maintenance

d inspection. When preparing for operation andfore starting any of the electric motors, it iscessary to verify that proper lubrication hasen performed; that hydraulic fluid and oilvels, and high and low air pressures, areequate and available; that the equipment hasen cast loose; and that all personnel are clear.

hese and many other detailed precautions, tests,d checks are noted in other chapters. Theyould be performed prior to operation. Checkse performed by the personnel directlyntrolling the various assemblies, or, ifconvenient, by personnel designated by therret officer.

nergizing main power circuit

manual bus transfer panel at the rear of theper projectile flat, on the inner wall of the innercular bulkhead, provides two external switchesr controlling normal and alternate power forajor electrical installations in the turret. Powerom the bus transfer panel is transferred to fivejacent circuit breaker power panels; these aree three gun equipment power panels, a trainingar equipment panel, and a miscellaneousuipment power panel. Each power panel is

power to the following assemblies: projectile rings,parbuckling gear, ventilating systems (2), heatingsystem, IC-FC panel, and radar control amplifierassembly. Each panel cut-off switch is normallyturned to the ON position. A mechanical indicator

plate located above the operating handle in a smallcircular window indicates when power is on or off.

Spaced around the inner wall of the inner circularbulkhead on the lower projectile flat are 15 motorcontrollers which serve to control starting andstopping of power drive motors for the hoists, slide-rammer assemblies, projectile rings, andparbuckling gear. At the rear of the pan level aremounted three elevating gear controllers and onetraining gear controller. Each controller is equippedwith a main line disconnect circuit breaker or switchwhich is manually operated by an external lever.Ordinarily, these levers are always left in the ONposition. The ON or OFF position is indicated by anON-OFF-TRIP name plate on the controller cabinet.Electricians on these levels inspect the controllers toascertain that all circuits are closed.

Starting drives

Procedures detailed in the following paragraphsprovide the necessary instructions for starting thedrive units for all power-driven ordnance assemblieswithin the turret.

Starting elevating gears . A master pushbutton

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (35 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 127: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 127/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

ovided with an external handle which permitsanual cut-off of power. The electricianrojectile flat) turns the chosen bus transfer panel

witch to the ON position. If normal power ised, an indicator light above the switch indicatesORMAL POWER AVAILABLE. If alternatewer is used, an indicator light above the switch

dicates ALTERNATE POWER AVAILABLE.oth of these switches also function to light onetwo dial lights on the remote power available

dicator in the turret officer's booth, lightingORMAL or ALTERNATE, depending on whichurce of power is being used.

un equipment power panels supply power to theojectile hoist, powder hoist, slide-rammer, and

evating gear assemblies of their respective guns.he training gear equipment panel supplies powerthe training gear drive. The miscellaneousuipment power panel supplies

switch is located on the pointer's control panel,shown in figure 86, for each gun elevating gear. Itconsists of two push buttons, one labelled START-EMERG and the other STOP. The starting circuitcontains a hand start interlock switch and a neutralstart interlock switch which operate to preventstarting the elevating gear motor unless the tilting

box of the hydraulic pump A-end is at neutral andthe regulator selector switch at HAND. Alsoconnected to the master switch is an amberindicating light on the pointer's control panel,designated ELEVATING GEAR NEUTRAL, whichis illuminated only when both the hand startinterlock switches are closed.

The pointer positions each register selector switch at

HAND and each ready light cut-out switch at IN. Atthis time the ELEVATING GEAR NEUTRAL lighton his control panel should flash on. If not, then oneof the A-end

99

dials which indicate the relative positions of thethree guns. Each dial is provided with an alignmentindex, so that gun elevations may be synchronized.To select the gun from which gun elevation inputwill be taken, the pointer has to have the gunselevated at exactly the same angle, so that the sameelevation may be obtained after the shift as before it.A synchro mesh prohibits shifting when guns are notaligned. The selection is made by manipulating abell crank on the right side of the case whichconnects the clutch shifting lever to the selectorclutch in the gun elevation selector.

After the elevating gear motors are started, thepointer may switch control of the guns from HANDto LOCAL. To do so, he checks that the redELEVATING GEAR STOP light on his panel isunlighted. If this indicating light is illuminated, oneof the gun captains or the turret officer haspositioned his elevating gear emergency stop switchto STOP, and it will be necessary to have that switch

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (36 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 128: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 128/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 86. Pointer's Control Panel

ting boxes is tilted and will have to besitioned at neutral by operating the emergencyndweels within the gun pits. For this reason, the

mergency stations must be temporarily mannedhen starting.

mmediately after starting operations, the pointerlects the mechanical input of gun elevation toe indicator and sights, using the gun elevationlector. The selector is mounted on top of theevation indicator, and has three

setting changed. The pointer verifies that the amberSYNCHRO POWER indicating light on his panel islit, signifying that the synchros in the regulator andin the gun elevation order transmitter are energized.He then rotates his handwheels until handwheelelevation order position, as indicated by thehandwheel dial, checks with gun elevation as shown

by the gun elevation indicator. When these check,the pointer switches the three regulator switches onhis panel to LOCAL.

To switch from LOCAL to AUTO, the pointerrotates his handwheels until gun elevation matchesgun elevation order, as shown on the gun elevationindicator. When these match, the pointer switchesthe three regulator switches to AUTO.

Training gear. A master push-button switch islocated on the trainer's control panel shown in figure87. It consists of two push buttons, one labeledSTART-EMERG and the other STOP. The startingcircuit contains a hand start interlock switch and aneutral start interlock switch, which operate toprevent starting the training gear motor unless thetilting box of the hydraulic pump A-end is at neutral

and the regulator selector at HAND. Also connectedto the master switch is an amber indicating light onthe trainer's control panel designated TRAIN GEARNEUTRAL, which is illuminated only

100

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (37 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 129: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 129/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

hen both the hand start interlock switch and theutral start interlock switches are closed.

order to close the hand start interlock switch theiner positions the control selector, shown in

gure 74, at HAND. At this time the TRAINEAR NEUTRAL light on the control panel

ould flash on. If not, then the A-end tilting boxtilted, and will have to be positioned at neutralturning the handwheels. Ordinarily, this

ndition will exist only following power failurehich stopped the mechanism during operation.hen the neutral light is on, push the STARTtton to start the drive.

ter the training gear motor is started, the trainer

ay shift control of the training gear from HANDLOCAL by shifting the control selector lever.do so, he first checks that the turret stop lighthis panel is unlighted. Should this indicatinght be lit, tile turret officer has positioned his

mergency training gear stop switch to STOP, andwill be necessary to have the switch settinganged. The trainer verifies that the amber

YNCHRO POWER indicating light on his panel

lit, signifying that the synchros in the regulatornchro circuits are energized. Control may thenchanged merely by moving the control selector

ver to LOCAL. To switch from LOCAL toUTO, the trainer rotates his hand-wheels untilrret train matches turret train order, as shown one gun train indicator. When these match, theiner may then shift the selector lever to AUTO.

arting slide power equipment. A master push-tton switch for each slide-housing-rammerotor is located on each gun captain's controlnel. It is identified on figure 72. It consists ofo push buttons, one labelled START-EMERGd the other STOP. The switch is arranged withamber indicating light which is illuminatedring motor operation. To start the motor, then captain first ascertains that the slide control

Figure 87. Trainer's Control and Indicator Panel

on figure 72. It is the same type and arrangement asthe slide power equipment starting switch, includingan amber indicating light which is illuminatedduring motor operation. To start the motor, the guncaptain momentarily depresses the START-EMERGpush button.

This action starts the power drive only. Hoist actioncannot commence until the control system is startedas described on page 102.

Starting powder hoists . A master push-buttonswitch for each powder hoist is located on the guncaptain's control panel as identified on figure 72. Itis an arrangement identical to

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (38 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 130: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 130/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

cuit supply switch, designated on figure 72, isthe OFF position, after which he momentarilypresses the START-EMERG push button.

ontrol action is started separately as described onge 102.

arting projectile hoists. A master push button

witch for each projectile hoist is located on then captain's control panel, as identified

101

e projectile hoist switch, including an amberdicating light which is illuminated during motoreration. To start the motor, the gun captainomentarily depresses the START-EMERG push

tton.

arting projectile rings . A master push buttonwitch for the inner projectile ring motor isounted on the control panel at the rear of thentral column of the respective flat, as shown in

gure 77. A master push-button switch for theter projectile ring motor is mounted on thetside of the circular bulkhead, above and to thet of the archway of the respective flat. All fourthese switches are identical, each consisting ofo push buttons, one labeled START-EMERGd the other STOP. To start any projectile ring,e ring operator first centers the controlndwheel in the locked or neutral position. Thisnecessary because the starting switch isranged with a neutral interlock switch whichevents starting when the pump yoke is offsetom the neutral position. The operator thenomentarily depresses the START-EMERG

witch.

arting parbuckling gears . Each of the upperd lower projectile flat parbuckling gear motorss a master push-button switch located on thentrol panel at the rear of the central column isentified on figure 77. The switches are identical

certain gun captain and hoist function selectorcontrols; elevating and train systems by settingcertain turret officer controls.

Gun and hoist controls . Each gun control system placed in operation when the gun captain closes theelectric current supply switch designated on figure72 as "control selector" for slide control circuitsupply." Similar supply switches on either side ofthis switch enable him to energize the projectile andpowder hoist control circuits, but those circuits arenot placed in operation until the gun captain'sassistants go forward on the gun girders and shiftfunction control selector levers, one for each hoist,which are located near the deck lugs and arenormally stowed in STOP position. Each lever mustbe placed in HOIST position to set the conveyor andcradle controls so that the hoist will automaticallydeliver ammunition units to the slide.

When the hoist and gun control circuits are thusenergized, ammunition is delivered to the gunthrough the manual, mechanical, and hydraulicoperating system actions described in "Firingoperations, first round," on pages 104-8.

Turret officer controls . All fire control signals andcommunications transmitted to the gun layingindicators and regulators, the pointer, trainer, andsight setter, and the fuze setting devices are routedthrough controls set by the turret officer. They are

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (39 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 131: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 131/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

those described above for the projectile rings.start the motor a projectile man or parbuckler

omentarily depresses the START-EMERG pushtton.

tting controls; energizing the control circuits

wo classes or groups of controls must be set andeir electric supply circuits must be closed whenarting turret operations. These are the ordnanceuipment controls and the turret officer'sntrols. Both groups of operations are describedthe paragraphs following and references.

dnance equipment control setting . Thetomatic gun control systems, the hoist control

stems, and the elevating and training geargulator control (AUTO) devices are not placedoperation by the power drive starting operationsscribed on pages 99 to 102. Gun and hoiststems are started by manipulating

electric switching controls compactly arranged inthe large transfer switch panel located as shown infigure 70. The 25 switch units of this panel haveslightly different circuit arrangements and switchposition identities for turrets I, II, and III. Thesedifferences, as explained in Chapter 14, apply onlyto local arrangements which enable turret II to

provide Hi-turret control for turret I. AUTO controlarrangements of the three panels are essentially thesame as the turret II panel details illustrated in figure88. This picture and the switch positions tabulated inthe list below show the settings for providing remoteautomatic control (PRIMARY or SECONDARYAUTO) for turret II, as typical.

Switch No. Switch Position

1 FWD2 Any FWD position

102

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (40 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 132: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 132/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 88. Turret Officer's Transfer Switchboard

witch No. Switch Position

Any FWD position

OFF

Switch No. Switch Position

5 FWD

6 ON

103

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (41 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 133: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 133/218

Page 134: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 134/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

addition to the above-describedwitches, the turret officer also operatese turret officer's selective switch,ounted on the upper partial bulkhead ats station. This consists of a pair oftary switch elements, one labeledRECTOR-OFF-LOCAL, the other AC

UPPLY-OFF-BATTERY. By rotatingese switches, the turret officer selectscal or remote firing, and the source ofwer to energize the firing circuit.

he turret officer's indicator panel on thertial bulkhead at his station comprisesindicator light dials, and three rotary

ap

No. 11 is a spare switch.

At this stage, each gun captain takes over control of hisrespective gun. He positions

104

witches on his control panel as follows:

witch B-Projectile hoist control supply-

ORM.witch A-Slide control supply-NORM.witch C-Powder hoist control supply-ORM.witch BJ-Projectile cradle control-AUTOwitch AB-Transfer tray control-AUTOwitch AP-Breech close control-AUTOwitch CJ-Powder cradle control-AUTO

epending upon whether or not H.C.ojectiles with nose fuzes are beinged, the gun captain positions the FUZE

ET REG CONTROL switch at OFF,AFE, or RUN. Instructions on the'sitioning of this switch come from therret officer.

he gun captain directs his assistant to

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (43 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 135: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 135/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

p the breech bolt manually to open theeech; to check that the manual breecherating mechanism is declutched, andcheck that the slide accumulator shut-f valve is open.

rving hoists . When the preceding

eparations are completed, the projectileen and parbucklers on the designatedading level are directed to begin servinge projectile hoists, and the powder menbegin serving the powder hoists.

projectile man and parbuckler workgether to parbuckle projectiles into theist aperture. The projectile man

erates the steady arm mechanism, asown in figure 90, to grab a projectile.

he parbuckler operates the snubbingpe, looping the free end of the ropeice around the gypsy head and pullingight enough to provide snubbing action

at brings the projectile end of the steadym to the hoist loading aperture. Theojectile man operates the handwheel on

e steady arm mechanism to guide theojectile. As the projectile reaches theist opening, forward travel of theady arm is halted; the rammer iseased and ejects the projectile into theist. At the moment of complete

ection, hand-pull of the snubbing ropereleased, and the steady arm is pivoted

way from the hoist, ready to grabother projectile. Inner and outer ringerators operate their respectivendwheels every six rounds, to positione projectile rings so that the projectileen may reach the stowed projectilesth the steady arm mechanisms.

Figure 89. Hoist Loading Level Selector

Three powdermen work together to load each powder hoist.Two men operate powder case trucks while the third operatesthe magazine scuttles. The two truck operators alternatelyload a powder case from the powder-passing scuttles in thecircular foundation into their trucks, roll the loaded trucksonto the rotating powder handling platform, and tilt the casesfrom the truck into the powder hoist scuttle. The scuttle drivecontrol switch is then moved to rotate the shuttle so that the

loaded powder case is placed within the hoist conveyor.Scuttles are designed so that the rotating shuttle has twoopposed loading chambers; when one side is enclosed withinthe hoist, the opposite

105

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (44 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 136: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 136/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 90. Projectile Parbuckling Operations de is exposed for loading. As soon as theclosed powder case is carried upward, theuttle is again rotated, when the drive control

witch is moved, to deliver the next case to theist and expose the opposite side for loading.

he truck operators arrange their traffic

so that, as one is loading his powder case truck fromthe magazine scuttle, the other is tilting a powdercase into the hoist scuttle. Each should complete hisoperation at the same time and trucks should passeach other en route from one scuttle to the other.

106

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (45 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 137: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 137/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 91. Projectile Transfer Tray Firing Position lling hoists . As a projectile is parbuckled intoe projectile hoist, and a powder case enclosedthin the powder hoist, these ammunition unitspress pawls in the loading apertures of theirspective hoists. The pawls operate to closeectrical interlock switches in their respectiveist control circuits. Since all other interlock

witches are closed in the hoisting circuit, thetion of the pawl in closing the switch completese hoisting circuit. Hoist drives thereupon operatemove the ammunition units one flight upward,which time the circuits are broken and hoistingases until the next units are loaded. Asccessive ammunition units are loaded, the drivesntinue to operate until the first ammunition

its loaded enter their respective hoist cradles.he cradles then rise automatically and latch toe slide.

ze setting . Fuze setting of H.C. nose-fuzedojectiles is accomplished while the projectile isthin the projectile hoist cradle. Operation of theechanism in the cradle is controlled by a switchthe gun captain's control panel.

The switch may be positioned at OFF, SAFE, orRUN. Should it be placed at RUN, a fuze settingsignal from the plotting room is relayed through theturret officer's transfer switchboard and the controlpanel to the mechanism. Should the switch beplaced at SAFE, a dummy signal is relayed to themechanism which operates to fix the fuze at thestandard safe position. For non-fuzed projectiles, theswitch is set at OFF.

Ammunition transfer . With the breech open,transfer trays extended to the firing position, hoistcradles latched to the slide, empty-case tray empty,and the fuze setting circuit either OFF or CLOSED,conditions are readied so that both the projectile andthe powder case are spring-ejected into theirrespective transfer trays, as shown in figures 91 and92.

Loading . The gun captain then positions the transfertray control switch, figure 72 (designated also bysymbol AB), from AUTO to RAM; the transfertrays move over to the ramming position shown infigure 93.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (46 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 138: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 138/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

107

Figure 92. Powder Transfer Tray Firing Position multaneously, both cradles unlatch andwer to the hoists. Switch AB is thensitioned at AUTO.

amming . In order to start the rammingtion, the gun captain moves the rammerntrol, figure 72 (designated also bymbol AM), from RETRACT to RAM,d the ammunition units are rammedo the gun. He releases the lever, and

e action is automatically completed. Ase rammer retracts, the breech closes.

pon the completion of retraction, thensfer trays move back to the firingsition. During the ram stroke, theadles are latched to the hoists and aretomatically loaded with the next round.

ring . When the breech closes, theing circuit is completed and the gun ised electrically by remote control.

to the slide by the time the breech is open. Immediatelyfollowing breech opening, the empty case is extracted fromthe breech. Extraction of the case and its delivery to the

empty-case tray close a switch that completes the circuitwhich governs the movement of the transfer trays from firingto ramming position. For the initial round, since an emptycase is not present, transfer-tray movement to ramming iscontrolled by the gun captain, who manually positions switchAB to RAM.

Case ejection . The empty case is deposited in the empty-casechute when the transfer trays reach the ramming position.

Presence of the case in the chute closes a switch which startsthe empty-case drive unit, and the empty case is thrustforward into the closed section of the chute.

Normal automatic fire

Thereafter switch AM, rammer control, is held in the RAMposition continuously. Since the transfer trays are in theramming position

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (47 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 139: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 139/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

uring recoil and counter-recoil, theeech bolt is tripped automatically ande breech is opened. During firing andeech opening actions, the cradles moveom the hoists to the slide. Both cradlese latched

108

ee figure 93) , the ramming controlcuit is closed and the ramming action

kes place. The cycle then continuestomatically, as long as switch AM isld in the RAM position, withccessive and simultaneous operationsosing the various circuits. Normaltomatic operation begins immediatelyer the first round is fired. The breech isened automatically duringunterrecoil. The empty case extractionoses the switch and the circuit thatoves the transfer trays to rammingsition. Thus, the two operations that,initial loading, required manual

ntrol, are automatically taken care ofllowing first-round firing .

dicating lights, gun captain's controlnel . The status of each phase of thecle of operations discussed above mayobserved and checked by indicatinghts on the gun captain's control panel.

hese lights, appropriately designated,ht up as their circuits are energized,d remain lighted for the duration of thedividual operation.

un laying, firing

rret control methods of gun laying anding include primary or secondaryUTOMATIC control, primary orcondary INDICATING control,

Figure 93. Projectile and Powder Transfer Trays Ram

Position

as the sights. Parallax range is relayed through the turretofficer's transfer switchboard to the sight setter's indicator,where the sight setter, in matching the order by hand,transmits it mechanically to the train receiver-regulator andthe gun train indicator. These inputs are factors of gun ordercorrection. Sight deflection, although not used in automaticcontrol, is transmitted to the sights for checking purposes.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (48 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 140: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 140/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

OCAL control and HAND control.ch of these methods is described in thellowing text.

utomatic control . In primary orcondary automatic control, gun layingd firing are accomplished entirely by

mote control. Electrical signals to laye guns in elevation and train the turrete relayed from either forward primary,rward secondary, after primary, or aftercondary director and plot through therret officer's switchboard to the gunevating gear indicator-regulators ande turret train receiver-regulator.

puts to the elevating gear and to theining gear in the various methods ofntrol are shown in figures 94 and 95,ges 110-111.

ght deflection and sight angle orderse relayed through the turret officer'snsfer switchboard to the sight setter's

dicator, where the sight setter, in

atching the sight angle order by hand,nsmits this order mechanically to then elevation indicator and the three gun

evation indicator-regulators, as well

These factors are automatically combined in the regulatorsand other instruments to correct the range position of the gunsand the azimuth position of the turret.

109

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (49 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 141: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 141/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 94. Elevating Gears and Controls Functional Diagrams

110

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (50 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 142: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 142/218

Page 143: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 143/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

uring normal automatic fire, turret personnelust at all times be in readiness to switch to anyher method of control. The pointer, trainer, andrret officer must be ready to position the various

witches at their stations to their new positions.he radar operators and the computer operatorust be ready to furnish the values necessary for

cal control of gun laying.

dicating control . A second type of control isimary or secondary indicating control. Unders method, gun orders are relayed from the

mote control center plot through the turretficer's transfer switchboard to the pointer's andiner's indicators. Those men operate theirndwheels to follow-the-pointer to place the

oper inputs into the elevating gear indicator-gulators and the train receiver-regulator. Inwitching over from automatic control todicating control, operations are performed bye turret officer, pointer, trainer, and sight setterfollows:

rret officer . The turret officer positions thewitches on his transfer switchboard as follows:

witch No. Switch Position

FWD or AFT

Any FWD or AFT position

OFF

OFF

FWD or AFT

ON

FWD or AFT

FWD or AFT

TRAIN

0 OFF

1*

2 Any FWD or AFT position

3 LOCAL**

Switch No. Switch Position

21 OFF

22 OFF

23 FWD or AFT

24A FWD or AFT

24B OFF

25 FWD or AFT

All other switches controlled by the turret officer arein exactly the same position as they were inautomatic control.

Pointer . The pointer checks that handwheelelevation order position agrees with gun elevation as

shown by the gun elevation indicator. When theseagree, he switches the three regulator switches onhis panel to LOCAL. Thereafter, by rotating hishandwheel to follow-the-pointer of the gun elevationindicator, he is actually controlling gun elevation ofall guns, via the local gun elevation ordertransmitter.

Trainer . The trainer shifts the regulator controlselector to LOCAL. Thereafter, by rotating hishandwheels to follow-the-pointer of the turret trainindicator, he is controlling turret turning bytransmitting a mechanical signal to the train receiver-regulator.

Sight setter . The duties of the sight setter, inindicating control, are identical to those in automaticcontrol.

Turret local control . Local control involves the usof turret radar equipment, auxiliary computer, andsights. As such, local control in its entirety is notapplicable to turret I, which has no radar equipment.Turret I can be operated in local control if range canbe received from a remote control source, or it maybe controlled by turret II. The following descriptioncovers the local control system in turrets II and III

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (52 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 144: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 144/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

4 LOCAL**

5 LOCAL**

6 FWD or AFT

7 FWD or AFT

8 OFF

9 OFF

0 OFF

No. 11 is a spare switchThis switch selection duplicates the pointer'slector switch. It is a control routing installed atte of this publication, but which will probablyeliminated.

only.

Switching operations . In switching from Primarycontrol to LOCAL control, operations are performedby the turret officer, pointer, trainer, radar operators,and computer operator. These activities are:

Turret officer . The turret officer positions switcheson his transfer switchboard as follows:

Switch No. Switch Position

1 LOCAL

2 RADAR

112

witch No. Switch Position

RADAR

ON

LOCAL

ON

OFF

OFFTRAIN and ELEVATION

0 ON 11*

2 LOCAL

3 LOCAL**

4 LOCAL**

5 LOCAL**

6 LOCAL

7 OFF8 OFF

9 OFF

0 OFF

1 ON

2 ON

3 FWD or AFT

is directed by the radar equipment, utilizing the traintransmitter (turret order) , which sends an electricalgun train order to the train receiver-regulator. If theturret has been in indicating control, and the trainerhas been following-the-pointer with his selectorswitch in LOCAL, he switches back to AUTO,thereby de-clutching his handwheels for automaticturret train under radar control.

Radar operators . The radar operators performnecessary switching operations to place the radarequipment in operation, and thereafter observe theirinstruments and manipulate their controls asdescribed in paragraphs following. The radarcontrols are a part of the Radar Equipment Mk 27Mod 0, operation of which is fully described in OP1155.

Computer operator . If the computer operator hasnot already placed the computer in operation, hedoes so at this time. Detailed instructions for startingand operating his instrument are given in OD 4257.

Turret operation, local control

In local control of the turret, turret train angle is

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (53 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 145: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 145/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

4A FWD or AFT

4B ON

5 LOCALhe turret officer positions one element of hisective switch at LOCAL. The second switch

mains at either AC SUPPLY or BATTERY,

pending on the source of power being used toergize the firing circuit.

he turret officer positions the three switches ons indicator panel to determine whether theiner or pointer will fire the guns. Usually, theinter is selected. Finally, he shifts the salvo

gnal snap switch, on the bulkhead at the right ofs station, to LOCAL to complete the shift from

rector control.

inter . The pointer observes the dial on hisndwheel to verify that the position agrees withn elevation as shown by the gun elevationdicator. When these check, he switches the threegulator switches on his panel to LOCAL.

ainer . If the turret has been in normal

tomatic control, the trainer leaves his regulatorlector in AUTO. This is necessary because, inrret local radar control, turret train

No. 11 is a spare switch.See second footnote page 112.

determined and obtained by the radar operators,using the radar gear and the turret train ordertransmitter. Gun elevation is determined by thepointer. He positions the guns by operating thehandwheels to hold his line-of-sight on the target.The methods used to determine turret train angle andgun elevation order are described in the following

paragraphs:

There are two complete radar systems, one foroperation leftward and the other rightward. Twosystems are necessary, since neither radar antennacan make a complete revolution withoutencountering radar signal interference from the gunsand the ship's superstructure.

Prior to locating the target, both antennae aresearching; that is, turning 360° at any desired rate offrom one to 12 revolutions per minute.Alternatively, the target bearing may be designatedby telephone, or it may have been tracked while theturret was in automatic control, before shifting tolocal control. In any event, when the target islocated, the radar operator whose antenna has pickedup the target, positions his rate control knob so that

the antenna will slow down and track the target.

113

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (54 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 146: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 146/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 96. Sight and Gun Attachments Local Control Operations

114

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (55 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 147: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 147/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

e then telephones range and bearing,a the talkers, to the auxiliary computererator, who sets these values into themputer.

etween the two radar sets is the trainnsmitter (turret order). By means of a

anual control, the radar operator inmmand can operate the transmitter tond an electrical signal to the trainingar receiver-regulator, and thusnction to train the turret to the samearing as the antenna positioned on theget.

uring the initial training operation, the

mputer estimates the values for sightgle and sight deflection and telephonesem via his talker to the sight setter.he sight setter sets the values asceived in his indicator, by means of thespective hand cranks.

this time the radar operator positionss antenna control switch to AUTO, so

at the antenna and sights are equallyt in deflection under control of theght setter's indicator. This operation ismpleted when an antenna drive control

witch on the sight setter's indicator isifted to the ON position.

s the antenna is offset in deflectionom the turret train angle, the radar

erator operates the train transmitterurret order) to keep the antenna andrret on the target at the same bearing.ny change in range and bearing isven to the computer. The process thencomes continuous, that of keeping thetenna trained on the target-training therret to match the deflected position ofe antenna-and furnishing corrected

for positioning the slides and turret when securing afteroperations. Certain tests and adjustments also require its use.Otherwise it is an emergency control arrangement that is slowand not adapted for accurate, rapid fire.

In hand control the emergency gun layers observe theindicating dials of the gun elevation indicator-regulators. They

operate emergency handwheels to elevate and depress theguns, matching the gun response dial against the sight angledial. Thus sight angle as transmitted by the sight setter, inresponse to verbal data received from the computer, is the gunlaying order.

Such gun laying is not adapted to continuous fire. Firing isperformed by the pointer at "level" position. He closes hisfiring key as his sight crosswires roll on the target or the

horizon.

In addition to this firing control function, the pointer is the"coordinator" for hand gun laying. His gun elevation selectordials enable him to observe lack of synchronization betweenthe three guns and to instruct the gun layers verbally.

The trainer controls turret train by direct HAND control signalinput to the A-end pump of the power drive. He manipulates

his hand-wheels while observing the target with his sight,holding his crosswires on the target. Thus, the sight setter, byapplying sight deflection, in response to verbal data receivedfrom the computer, gives the correcting order to change theazimuth position of the fall-of-shot.

Sighting

Sight setting. Sight setting is accomplished by the sight setter,

using the sight setter's indicator. The indicator functions to setthe sights by mechanically transmitting sight angle and sightdeflection orders. These are the local control orders that shiftthe lines-of-sight to cause the pointer and trainer to change therange and azimuth position of the guns.

The indicator is also the receiving and transmitting instrumentfor applying locally certain corrections of remote controlorders. These are range corrections entered by sight angle

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (56 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 148: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 148/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

ta to the computer operator.

he pointer lays the guns in elevation,ing the telescope at his station. Heaintains the telescope line-of-sight one target by means of his handwheels,d, by so doing, he holds the guns at the

oper degree of elevation. Correctivejustments to the pointer's telescope,fsetting the telescope from parallelismth the gun bore, are continuouslynsmitted from the sight setter's

dicator. The manner in which theselues are combined are indicated in thehematic arrangement of figure 96.

rret operation, hand (emergency)ntrol

he hand control method for laying thens and turning the turret is a type ofrret control required for starting thewer drives and

input at the elevation indicator-regulators and horizontalparallax corrections entered by a parallax range input at thetrain receiver-regulator.

115

addition to these mechanicalnsmitting arrangements, the indicatoran electrical transmitter, operating tontrol the local radar antenna trainives.

l of the sighting control signals, asceived and transmitted by thedicator, are indicated on dials visible toe sight setter.

nder automatic or indicating control,n elevation orders are received frome plotting room; sight angle isatched; and the order is thennsmitted mechanically to the sights,

evation indicator-regulators, and gun

Trainer's sight operation . In turret automatic control thetrainer, like the pointer, is at stand-by. He watches the dialpointers before him to check that turret position agrees withturret train order, and he makes periodic target sight checksthrough his telescope. He maintains himself in readiness at alltimes to assume local control of turret train.

In turret indicating control, the trainer does not use histelescope. He matches dials in follow-the-pointer operation. Inturret local radar control, the trainer is again at stand-by.Turret train is controlled by one of the radar operators, whooperates the train transmitter (turret order). In this method ofcontrol, the trainer closely follows the training operation withhis telescope, so that he will be in readiness to assume controlof turret train, should hand-wheel control be necessary.

In local hand (sight) control, the trainer assumes full control

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (57 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 149: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 149/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

evation indicator. Parallax range isechanically transmitted to the trainceiver-regulator and to the gun traindicator. Sight deflection isechanically transmitted to all theghts.

nder turret local control, the value forrallax range is not required; values for

ght angle and sight deflection areceived by telephone from the computerd set in the indicator as received byeans of the respective hand cranks. Theow of signal transmission in thisethod of sight operation is illustrated ingure 96.

inter's sight operation . In turrettomatic control, the pointer is at stand-, insofar as sight operation isncerned. He makes quick target sightecks through his telescope from timetime and watches the dial pointersfore him to check that gun positionrees with gun elevation order. He

aintains himself in readiness at allmes to assume local control of gunying.

indicating control, the pointer doest use his telescope. He matches dialsfollow-the-pointer operation.

turret local control, the pointer

aintains his telescope on the target byeans of the handwheels, therebyevating the guns to the proper position.he telescope is offset from parallelismth the gun bore by line-of-sightjustments from the sight setter'sdicator. Sight deflection orders movee telescope in azimuth. Sight angleders, in combination with gun

of turret train. He sights the target through his telescope andmaintains his telescope on the target by means of hishandwheels, thereby training the turret to the proper position.The telescope is offset from parallelism with the gun bore inelevation by foot control of his sight setting mechanism, andis moved in azimuth by sight deflection order from the sightsetter's indicator.

Range estimating

Computing data . The auxiliary computer is used by thecomputer operator in local control to solve the fire controlproblem for all movements of the target and ship and for windacross the line-of-sight.

Three electrical inputs are synchro-received in the computer,

as shown in figure 97. These are ship speed and ship course,received from the ship's gyro compass and Pitometer log viathe plotting room; and turret train, received from the local guntrain indicator.

Thirteen inputs are manually introduced. These are: projectile,initial velocity, target angle, target speed, wind angle, windspeed, true target bearing, ship speed, deflection correction,present range, range correction, time, and turret train follow-

up. Three of these hand inputs are identical to the electricalinputs-true target bearing, turret train follow-up, and shipspeed. The first two are for emergency use when

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (58 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 150: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 150/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

evation, move the telescope inevation.

turret hand (emergency) control, if thetomatic indicating system isoperative, the pointer sights the targetrough his telescope and telephones gun

evation instructions to the emergencyn layers in the gun pits.

116

e corresponding electrical input or thespective follow-up is inoperative. Theectrical input for ship speed operates aal but does not set the mechanism.

tting must be done by hand.

he outputs of the computer are sightflection and sight angle, indicated onals or counters at the computer andally transmitted.

he auxiliary computer is designatedomputer Mk 3 Mod 9. No publication

s been prepared or is expected to beepared on this particular computer;wever, a similar design Computer Mk

Mod 5, which differs only in ballistics,described in OD 4257. Thisblication contains completescription and instructions and providesinformation necessary to operation.

UN CASUALTY OPERATION

isfire operations

occurrence of misfire a series ofanually controlled and manuallyrformed operations are necessary inder to correct the malfunction, preventook-off," and quickly resume normal

Figure 97. Auxiliary Computer Operation Automatic Inputs

the misfire and receives permission to open the breech.*

The gun captain turns the transfer tray control switch AB toFIRE and orders his assistants to latch both trays in firingposition. He then turns the projectile cradle control switch BJto LOWER. Next he positions switch AB at RAM to unlatchthe cradles (which return to the hoists).

United States Navy Regulations, article 972:

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (59 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 151: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 151/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

tomatic fire. These operations arerformed by the gun captain and theo gun captain's assistants. This team isquired because of the conditions thatmmonly prevail when misfire occursd because of the number of operations,e urgency, and the labor involved.

he normal procedure is quicklyrformed, but it requires 15 control andloading and loading actions. Thesetions stop gun laying, extract andmove the misfired powder charge, andm the powder charge that has beenlivered to the slide for the next round;in the sequence of operations

scribed in the next paragraph.

perating procedure for normal methodmisfire correction. When misfirecurs, the malfunction is corrected bye following series of activities:

he gun captain immediately releasese rammer control switch AM (which

urns to RETRACT position) and shiftss ready switch, figure 98, to UNLOADsition. This stops gun layingovement at 9° elevation and opens theing circuit.

he gun captain notifies the turret officer

"The possibility of a serious accident due to opening thebreech of a gun too soon after a misfire demands the constantexercise of the utmost prudence and caution. After anunsuccessful attempt to fire a gun, it shall be assumed thathang-fire is under way, and the procedure outlined below shallbe followed:

(1) Keep the gun pointed and trained in a safe direction.(2) Continue attempts to fire, if desired, provided such effortsdo not involve any movement tending to open the breech.(3) Do not open the breech for 30 minutes after the lastattempt to fire. This, at the discretion of the commandingofficer, is not obligatory in time of action."

117

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (60 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 152: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 152/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 98. Gun Captain's Control Panel. General Arrangement and Identities ofControls

118

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (61 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 153: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 153/218

Page 154: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 154/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

hich the man in the slide rams by hand.

hen the man in the slide climbs out, the gunready to be cleared. This is accomplishedlanyard pull to release the hammer of the

rcussion firing device, after the gun hasen pointed to a safe area. Safe pointing is

tained quickly by shifting the ready switchSAFE. Thereafter, when the gun has beened, by percussion, the ready switch isurned to UNLOAD position; one of thesistants removes the percussion firingvice; and the electrician repairs the firingcuit. The transfer trays are then releasedfore moving

119

Figure 101. Use of Empty-Case Ram

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (63 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 155: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 155/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

witch AB to RAM and then to AUTO, andwitch AM to RAM and the ready switch toEADY. These control actions restore the gund gun laying controls to automatic operation.

anual case extraction

hen power is not available and it is necessary totract an empty case or a loaded case, manualtraction is performed as illustrated in figure0. This hand lever action moves the extractorades in the same manner as in power operation,tracting the case and ejecting it through theusing into the empty-case tray of the slide.ring action of the hydraulic cylinder pistons and

e extractor buffers returns the extractors to

rmal gun loading position. Manual casetraction trips the gas ejector blow valve anduses gas-ejecting action in the same manner aspower operation.

anual case ejection

he manually operated device for ejecting emptyses is a ram consisting of sections of straight

pe, pipe couplings for joining the sections, andpe caps to cover the ends of the ram. The tool ised as shown in figure 101, to push any emptyses that have become lodged in the empty-casebe out onto the deck. Sections of pipe are addedthe ram as required. The operation is performedth the gun depressed as shown.

Manual projectile extraction

A backing-out rammer is used to remove drillprojectiles from the gun. The outfit consists of aram, a backing-out adapter, a rope, a muzzle sheaverig of two pulleys, and a rope buffer. It is used asshown in figure 102. The adapter is inserted in the

gun bore from the muzzle, so that its teeth engagethe ogive of the projectile. The woven rope buffer isplaced in the powder chamber to protect the breechwhen the projectile breaks loose. The breech is thenclosed; the sheaves, rope, and rammer are installed;and the gun is elevated as shown. The ram isdropped on the adapter and raised by means of thepulleys and ropes. The operation is repeated untilthe projectile is unseated and falls back against the

buffer. When removing flat-nosed projectiles, do notuse the adapter.

Manual hoist operation

Each projectile hoist and the powder hoist conveyorhas a hand lowering drive. This is intended in eventof power failure, for lowering ammunition to emptythe hoists. It is also adapted for installing hoist

chains.

The unit is located in the gun pits at the top of theconveyor. It consists of a worm and wormwheeloperated by a hand crank. The worm is mounted onthe input end of the worm shaft of the gear reducer,and serves as one of the hubs of the coupling thatconnects the

120

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (64 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 156: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 156/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

end drive shaft to the gear reducer. The handwering worm is carried in a swing housingvoted on a spud shaft on the gear reduceraring cover. The housing is normally locked insition, with the worm out of mesh, by a detentunger that actuates a switch to indicate that theorm is not engaged. To operate the hand

wering drive, the worm is placed in mesh withe wormwheel and locked in this engagedsition by the detent plunger.

ECURING OPERATIONS

conclusion of firing operations, a great manyties must be performed in order appropriately to

ow and secure the ordnance assemblies,

xiliary equipment, and turret stations. The workcludes conventional gun cleaning andeservation activities as defined by the Ordnanceanual, inspections and system replenishingrvices, closing down power units, shiftingntrols, and securing operations. These activitiese generally the reverse of the casting-loose andarting preparations described in the earlier partsthis chapter. They are duty assignments that

clude all members of the turret organization.

his work comprises three general classes oftivities, identified and briefly described in the

text which follows under the following titles:

Stopping equipmentConditioning for stowingSecuring

Stopping equipment

All power-driven ordnance equipment and theauxiliary ventilating units are stopped by depressingmaster push-button stop control switches.

The electric control systems of the gun, hoists,elevating gears, and training gear and antenna traindrive units are stopped by shifting control supplyswitches at the respective control stations, and byopening signal circuits and supply switches of theturret officer's transfer switchboard and selectiveswitch.

Heaters are cut off by opening supply switchesadjacent to each unit.

In addition to the above operations to stopequipment, the power-supply manual disconnectswitches of all Ordnance controllers are opened, andsupply switches are opened at all power equipmentpanels except the miscellaneous equipment panel.

Other power operating mechanisms, such as thehydraulic accumulators, are stopped by the securingoperations.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (65 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 157: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 157/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 102. Use of Backing-Out Rammer

121

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (66 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 158: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 158/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 103. Gun Control System. Operation. "Cease Fire" Operation to Return Ammunition to Hoist

122

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (67 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 159: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 159/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

ertain of these operations however are deferredhen the "Cease fire" order is received, in order toload the guns and hoists, to condition units for

owing, or to move them to securing positions.nloading operations are described in the nextragraph.

oist unloading operations . The power drives ofe hoists must be in operation in order to unloade gun and move ammunition from the slide toe projectile and powder handling levels. Controlsitions and transfer operations for this normalethod of unloading are indicated in figure 103.he operations are:

"Cease fire" the gun captain moves his ready

witch to UNLOAD, sets switch AB at FIRE, andeases switch AM to permit it to return to

ETRACT position. These actions stop automaticn operation in preparation for unloading and

owing activities.

mmunition handlers at the lower ends of theist are instructed via telephone to remove unitsthe bottom. The gun captain's assistants set the

ist function control selectors at LOWER anderate the cradle ram retractor cranks to relievee ram spring loads.

mmunition units in the transfer trays areanually thrust into the cradles, and the gunptain places switches BJ and CJ at LOWER.ansfer tray control switch AB is turned to RAMomentarily and is then returned to AUTO. This

latches and drops the loaded cradles to the hoistnveyors. The gun captain's assistants rotate theo cradle pawl retractor handles, and the hoiststomatically operate one reverse cycle,loading the cradle. Each hoist continues toerate in reverse, as rapidly as it is unloaded ate lower end, until it is empty.

onditioning for stowing

Figure 104. Securing Gun Locking Device

lights, light-well illumination, and other battleillumination, replacing all defective lamps.

Cable check . Cable loops of the firing circuit, free-hanging cables of the control circuits at the threepower tubes, and all other wiring exposed to chafingand twisting action must be examined for kinks,insulation break, or other defect.

Emptying the case ejector . In preparation forstowing the gun and before securing the slide, allempty cases in the case ejector must be removed.This is essential in order to prevent corrosion fromsalt water trapped in empty cases. The operation isperformed with the gun depressed, by using themanual ram accessory described on page 120 andshown in use in figure 101.

Securing

The principal securing operations are illustrated inthe paragraphs following. The descriptions indicatethe design plan as to the stowed positions of guns,slides, cradles, and other parts.

Securing the guns . Each gun is secured aftercompletion of cleaning, bore gage tests, andpreservation treatment as follows:

The tompion or muzzle cover is installed. Thebreech is closed. The gun locking device isconnected as shown in figure 104, with the screwfully seated in the safety link and with the locknutfirmly clamping the secured screw.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (68 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 160: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 160/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

eparations for stowing the equipment consist ofeaning and inspecting all assemblies, performing

After Operation" lubrication to fill voids of deckg and other bearings as prescribed by thebrication charts, and servicing counterrecoil andcumulator bottles and hydraulic system tanks to

plenish depleted air and fluid volumes.

mp replacements. The inspection work mustclude complete check-off of all ready-

The gas ejector supply cut-off valve is closed.

Breech manual operating devices are unclutched.

Switch controls of the gun captain's control panelare secured with the control supply switches at OFF,the cradle controls at LOWER, the transfer tray

control at FIRE, the breech control at CLOSE, theready switch at SAFE, the emergency firing controlat OFF, and the fuze setting control at OFF.

123

Figure 105. Securing Slide Securing Device

Securing the slides . Slides are secured as follows:Each elevating drive is separately operated inHAND control until the securing pin aligns with theseat in the gun girder; that is, at the zero degreeelevation position. The pin is firmly seated as shownin figure 105, after the steady rest pin on theopposite side is run-out to bear against the opposinggirder.

Valve T of each accumulator system is firmlyseated; the bypass of the control valve block isopened.

Powder and projectile transfer trays are stored infiring position with the operating cylinder latches setto block tray movement to ramming position. Thelatter is a prudent stowing position that eliminatesaccidental operation while personnel may beworking in the slide; a movement that is possiblewhen power is off but accumulator pressure isavailable. It can never occur with valve T closed andthe bypass open; the tray latch position, however, isan additional safety precaution that the crew shouldobserve.

When the case ejector has been emptied, aspreviously prescribed, the tube cover must besecured as illustrated in figure 106.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (69 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 161: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 161/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 106. Securing Case Ejector Tube Cover

Securing the hoists . Each ammunition hoist mustbe stowed empty. At conclusion of cleaning,lubrication, and preservation work, it should besecured with the cradle latched to the conveyor andwith the function control selector at STOP.

Securing the elevating gear . The elevating gear is

locked against backlash action and seaway stresswhen the slide securing and steady pins are insecured position. Controls are secured when thecontrol selector switches, figure 86, are placed atHAND, and the three ready light switches at OUT;these positions are secured before stopping the threepower drives.

Securing the training gear . The training gear is

secured by operating the drive in HAND control,slowly, until the two centering pins, figure 107,register with their barbette seats. Both pins must berun-out until each is tight. This operation is essentialin order to prevent seaway stress in the rollercarriage, "brinnelling" in the roller tracks, andbacklash chatter in the pinion and training circle.

Train controls are secured with the Teleflex

124

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (70 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 162: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 162/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 107. Securing Turret Centering Pin

ntrol selector lever at HAND when stopping thewer drive.

curing the projectile rings . The four projectilengs are secured by operating each ring from itsease fire" position in repetitive power drivecles until the centering pins and socketsgister. Each din is seated as shown in figure 108.is important that both pins of each ring beated wedge-tight; holding-down clips should beecked as to tightness and design clearance. Ife rings are secured in this manner, there will beappreciable vibration or pounding when the

ip is running at full speed.

l projectile lashings are inspected to verifycured position of each toggle link; lashings ofpended ammunition should be tied to theaming if the turret is not being served

Figure 108. Securing Projectile Ring Centering Pin

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (71 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 163: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 163/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

mediately with fresh supply.

125

Figure 109. Securing Sight Hood

ch projectile ring control handwheel is securedSTOP detent position.

curing the parbuckling gear . The tworbuckling gear assemblies are stopped, andpes and steady arms are stowed as follows: Eacheady arm is folded, and a snap hook on the basesting is snapped into a ring provided at the ropeachment. In this position the steady arm isainst its stops and cannot swing or vibrate.

curing the sights and periscopes . The turrettics should be positioned with offsets removed

hen securing; sight setter handcranks at 2,000nutes sight angle, 500-mil deflection;riscopes at zero azimuth.

ch periscope is secured by seating the azimuthovement plunger and releasing the cover fromopen position, swinging it to its closed positiond running the wing nut tight.

The antenna train selector switch should bepositioned with signal transmission to both traindrive regulators cut out.

The train transmitter should be positioned with thetrain dial and handcrank indicating turret securedposition, zero or 180° train, and the rate dial andcrank indicating zero degrees per second.

Securing the turret officer's controls . The turreofficer's transfer switches, selective switch, stopcontrol, and firing switches are positioned as follows

when securing:

SELECTIVE SWITCH: pointer knob and pointerhandle at OFF and with the stop secured.

STOP CONTROL: at RUN position.

FIRING SWITCHES: at CUT-OFF positions.

TRANSFER SWITCHBOARD: all gun elevatingand turret train signal transmission circuits at OFF.

Securing the sprinkling system . Air pressurecontrol valves at the right and left tanks are closed;system air pressure should be relieved.

The firemain cut-off valve in the powder handlingroom is closed.

Securing the ventilating system . Exhaust andintake ports are secured at open or closed positions,according to weather conditions, at the direction ofthe turret officer.

STOWING AMMUNITION

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (72 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 164: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 164/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

ght telescopes are secured, after wipingjective windows with lens paper, by closing the

ght hood shutters as indicated in figure 109.

curing the radar controls . Radar control unitse secured according to the instructions of OP55.

he sight setter's antenna control switch issitioned at OFF.

Ship and turret design arrangements permitalternative methods of routing powder andprojectiles to stowed positions. One method issimilar to the conventional operation of earlier ships.It strikes each unit from the main deck to themagazine level. This is described in the text belowas the "hatchway route."

The other method is much faster. It utilizes the turretammunition hoists and is described as the "hoistroute."

Ammunition stowage via hatchway route . Bothpowder and projectiles are handled by the samewhip hoist strikes when stowing by way of thehatchway route. Ship and turret arrangements when

stowing projectiles are illustrated in figure 110;powder is handled with the same rig to the bottom ofthe strike and thence via trolley into the magazines.

This arrangement consists of a hatchway strikeoutside the turret from the main deck

126

the magazine level, a conveyor arrangementrough the turret foundation bulkhead to thewder handling room, and a hatchway strike ine turret from the powder handling room to bothojectile flats. Equipment arrangements for theute are two whip hoists and the magazine levelnveyor installation. The hoist for the main deckike is suspended above the hatchway, either byrtable davit or from the boom equipment that isovided for handling the ship's paravanes. Theist for lifting projectiles from the powderndling room floor to the projectile flats iscated at the rear of the upper projectile flat. It isrmanently mounted on a bracket under the pan

oor structure, so that its hook is centered overe hatchway. This hoist is an electric whip hoistth automatic limit switch and brake stopntrol. The stop control may be set for

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (73 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 165: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 165/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

Figure 110. Striking Down Ammunition Via the

Hatchway Route

Figure 111. Striking Down Ammunition ViaPortable Ammunition Trays and the Ammunition

Hoist Route

automatic stop at either projectile flat, as well as atthe powder handling room hook loading position.Starting control for lowering and lifting the hook isan electric switch push-button station located on thecircular bulkhead of the upper projectile flat near thehatch.

The conveyor for moving projectiles from the footof the main deck strike into the powder handlingroom is an overhead trolley with rails mounted inthe fixed structure and curving around the powder

handling room to serve all scuttles and to carryprojectiles beneath the turret hatchway and whiphoist.

Projectiles are handled by means of a projectileholding yoke and base stirrup with wire rope slingand becket. When the projectile is delivered to thehandling platform at the side of the hatch on theturret projectile flat, this yoke carrier is removed,

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (74 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 166: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 166/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

and projectiles are man-handled to stowagepositions on the respective rings.

127

Figure 112. Use of Portable Ammunition Trays in Stowing Ammunition Via the Hoist

Route

owage handling via the hoist route

rret arrangement for transferring projectiles andwder from the main deck to the projectile flatsd magazines by the hoist route is shown in

gure 111. In this plan three, portable davit andhip assemblies are mounted on the turret roof at

e rear plate, and the three access doors in thear plate are opened and fitted with the followinggs.

hree special tray accessories are installed fording ammunition units through the rear plateross the turret officer's booth and onto thedes. Each is installed as shown in figure 112.

hese trays are large portable structures of steel

It has two wing tray elements that extend to the rightand left positions of the transfer trays when they arein the firing position. These wing trays align withthe respective hoist cradles when the cradles arelatched to the slide. The arrangement permitsmanual sliding of powder cases and projectiles in acontinuous flow onto the gun slides and then rolling

them to their respective wing tray positions.

When the portable tray is set up and manned, thepower drive of each hoist is started and controls areset as follows: Each function control selector is setat LOWER; the cradle ram is retracted and eachcradle pawl retractor handle is manned by one of theattendants for manual manipulation when the loadedcradle is lowered to the conveyor. The cradle action

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (75 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 167: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 167/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 2

ate, each of which provides a continuous trayrface from a point at the rear of the turret rearate to the rear face of a gun housing. This tray ispported on the slide on top of the powder andojectile transfer trays when those trays are inmming position.

is controlled by the gun captain; he operates the twocradle control switches of his panel, alternatelyshifting them from RAISE to LOWER to RAISE.

128

he route operates to transfer ammunitionmiautomatically down the hoist, the cyclespeating as rapidly as attendants in the handlingts unload the respective hoists. Each cycle isder control of the gun captain who observesmpletion of manual cradle loading in the gunuse and by visual indications of his controlnel checks as to completion of automatic cradleloading and manual conveyor unloading.

the powder and projectile flats, ammunitionits are manually removed from the hoists; therbuckling gear is not used, but the powder hoistuttle automatically unloads the power conveyor.ases are then manually removed from theuttle.

If the projectiles are to be unloaded at the upperloading level, the landing pawls in the base of theupper loading level are left in their normal position.If the unloading is to be done at the lower loadinglevel, the pawls must be manually retracted toprovide clearance for the projectiles to pass. Pawlsare retracted by means of a retracting handle stowedon the side of the hoist.

Each projectile, when it is man-handled onto theprojectile ring, is lashed to the coaming with itschain toggle device.

Each powder case is trucked across the handlingroom and passed through the foundation bulkheadscuttles to the magazines.

129

his page blank.

130

Previous Part

Turret Home

Page

Next Part

opyright (C) 2006 Historic Naval Ships Association ll Rights Reservedegal Notices and Privacy Policy ersion 1.00, 2 Apr 06

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part2.htm (76 of 76)5/2/2006 16:18:26

Page 168: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 168/218

Page 169: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 169/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

Figure 113. USS SALEM Class. Main BatteryPositions and Fire Control Data

131

Main battery director positions

For'd director

From bow,* feet 321.5

Above waterline,** feet and inches 87-5 1/2

Aft director

From bow,* feet 443.5

Above waterline,** feet and inches 67-10 1/2Reference point

From bow, feet 380

Above waterline, feet 31

--

* Vertical axis from forward perpendicular at 24-footwaterline

** Director line-of-sight

132

Appendix 2

ORDNANCE DATA

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (2 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 170: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 170/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

ternal ballistics

ength of gun, inches 440.10

ore, inches 8.0

ore length, inches 379.23

rojectile travel, inches 388.69

hamber length, inches 61.12

hamber volume, cubicches

3367.0

Maximum powder pressure,ng tons per square inch

19

umber of grooves 64

ength of grooves, inches 383.49

epth of grooves, inches 0.07

wist Right-hand,uniform, oneturn in 25 calibers

xternal ballistics

Muzzle velocity, A.P.rojectile (service charge),et per second

2,500

Muzzle velocity, H.C.rojectile (service charge),

et per second

2,700

ange, A.P. Projectileervice charge), gun at 41°evation, yards

30,000

ange, H.C. Projectileervice charge), gun at 41°evation, yards

29,800

ange tables

rmor-piercing 8-inchojectile

OP 807

igh-capacity 8-inchojectile

OP 1041

Weights, pounds, eachrret

urret roller path load 1,167,500

otal ordnance installation 469,000

Indicator-regulator, each 1,000

Training gear:

Main electric motor 2,850

Reduction gear and pumpassembly

1,600

A-end 5,000

Right B-end with response 1,850 Left B-end 1,600

Receiver-regulator 900

Training worm and pinion assembly 17,625

Projectile rings, upper or lower:

Inner 4,600

Outer 7,750

Electric motor, each 550 Gear reducer, each 4,675

A-end, each 1,000

B-end, each 600

Projectile hoists, each:

Conveyor assembly, complete 6,615

Cradle, with fuze setter 1,000

A-end and electric motor 1,542

B-end and control unit 572

Powder hoists, each:

Scuttle 3,600

Conveyor assembly, complete 9,320

Cradle 1,300

A-end and electric motor 1,435

B-end and control unit 572

Train limits, all turretsRight train, degrees 150

Left train, degrees 150

Elevating limits, each gun

Elevation, degrees 41

Depression, degrees 5

Firing data

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (3 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 171: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 171/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

otal projectile allowance 132,100

urret structure 541,500

un assemblies, right, center,ft, each:

Gun 37,370

Housing 13,300

Slides, right, center left, each 58,000Rammer, each 2,085

levating gear, right, centernd left:

Main electric motor, each 1,600

Speed reducer, each 3,000

A-end, each 1,300

B-end, each 675

Rate of fire, rounds per minute 10

Rate ammunition service, seconds 6

Ammunition data

Armor-piercing projectile, 8-inch:

Designation Mk 21 Mod 0

133

mmunition data (continued)

Weight, pounds 335

Length, inches 36

Radius of ogive, inches 83

igh-capacity projectile, 8-inch:

Designation Mk 24 Mod 0

Weight, pounds 260

Length, inches 34.56

Radius of ogive, inches 83

Mechanical Time Fuze Mk 57 Mod 0

owder case, 8-inch:

Designation Mk 1 Mod 0

Weight of powder charge,ounds

78

Complete weight, pounds 140

Volume powder space, cubicches

3,281

owder case, 8-inch, short case:

Designation Mk 2 Mod 0

Distance of recoil, maximum, inches 29

Gun oscillating weight, pounds 115,500

Gun recoiling weight, pounds 52,100

Gun laying speeds:

Maximum training gear rate, degrees persecond

5

Maximum elevating gear rate, degrees persecond

8.2

Gun firing order C, L,

Firing delay period, second 0.06

Firing load, trunnion pressure, gun at 41°elevation, pounds, each gun

308

Gun brake load, pounds 215,00

Recoil system pressures, maximum:

Recoil brake pressure (0° service charge),p.s.i.

1,30

Recoil cylinder pressure (0° proofcharge), p.s.i.

1,70

Counterrecoil buffing pressure, p.s.i. 6,000

Counterrecoil system pressure, maximum:

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (4 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 172: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 172/218

Page 173: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 173/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

Appendix 3

INDEX OF ASSEMBLIES

8-INCH TURRET ASSEMBLY NO. 232 Turret I- USS Salem

ORDNANCE ASSEMBLY MARK AND MOD

RIGHT CENTER LEF

UN 16.0 16.0 16.

OUSING 1.0 1.0 1.1

AS EJECTOR 16.0 16.0 16.1

LIDE 20.0 20.0 20.

AMMER 18.0 18.0 18.

ASE EJECTOR 1.0 1.0 1.1

ECK LUG 18.0 18.1* 18.0LEVATING GEAR 23.0 23.1 23.2

RAINING GEAR - 22.0 -

ROJECTILE RING - 1.0** -

ARBUCKLING GEAR - 1.0*** -

ROJECTILE HOIST 31.0 31.1 31.2

OWDER HOIST 36.0 36.0 36.1

IGHT - 32.0 -LEVATION GUN ATTACHMENT 7.0 7.1 7.2

RAINING GUN ATTACHMENT - 7.0

UZE SETTER 20.0 20.0 20.0

IRING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IGHTING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT:

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR - REGULATOR 47.0 47.0 47.0

RAIN RECEIVER - REGULATOR - 25.0 -

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR - - 45.0

UN TRAIN INDICATOR 25.7 - -

UN ELEVATION ORDER TRANSMITTER - - 4.0

OMPUTER - 3.9 -

MULTIPLE TURRET TRAIN INDICATOR - 12.7 -

UZE SETTING RECEIVER - REGULATOR 1.1 1.1 1.1

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (6 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 174: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 174/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

IGHT SETTER'S INDICATOR 8.0 - -

ELESCOPE, CHECKER'S - - 53.1

ELESCOPE, POINTER'S - - 98.0

ELESCOPE, TRAINER'S 99.0 - -

ERISCOPE 20.5 - 20.5

ERISCOPE MOUNT 5.16 - 5.16

TWO ASSEMBLIES.* ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES FOUR SEPARATE DRIVES, ONE EACH FOR INNER ANDUTER RINGS OF EACH FLAT.** ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES TWO SEPARATE PARBUCKLING GEARS, ONE EACH ONACH FLAT.

OTE: THIS INDEX DERIVED FROM SKETCH NOS. 132182, 138253.

135

8-INCH TURRET ASSEMBLY NO. 233 Turret II- USS Salem

ORDNANCE ASSEMBLY MARK AND MOD

RIGHT CENTER LEF

UN 16.0 16.0 16.

OUSING 1.0 1.0 1.0

AS EJECTOR 16.0 16.0 16.1LIDE 20.0 20.0 20.

AMMER 18.0 18.0 18.

ASE EJECTOR 1.0 1.0 1.1

ECK LUG 18.0 18.1* 18.0

LEVATING GEAR 23.0 23.1 23.2

RAINING GEAR - 22.0 -

ROJECTILE RING - 1.0** -

ARBUCKLING GEAR - 1.0*** -

ROJECTILE HOIST 31.0 31.1 31.2

OWDER HOIST 36.0 36.0 36.1

IGHT - 32.0 -

LEVATION GUN ATTACHMENT - 7.0 7.1 7.2

RAINING GUN ATTACHMENT - 7.0 -

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (7 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 175: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 175/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

UZE SETTER 20.0 20.0 20.0

IRING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IGHTING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT:

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR-REGULATOR 47.0 47.0 47.0

RAIN RECEIVER-REGULATOR - 25.1 -

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR - - 45.0

UN TRAIN INDICATOR 25.7 - -

UN ELEVATION ORDER TRANSMITTER - - 4.0

URRET TRAIN ORDER TRANSMITTER - 14.1 -

ADAR EQUIPMENT 27.0 - 27.0

NTENNA TRAIN DRIVE 5.0 - 5.0

OMPUTER - 3.9 -

MULTIPLE TURRET TRAIN INDICATOR - 12.7 -UZE SETTING RECEIVER-REGULATOR 1.1 1.1 1.1

IGHT SETTER'S INDICATOR 8.0 - -

ELESCOPE, CHECKER'S - - 53.1

ELESCOPE, POINTER'S - - 98.0

ELESCOPE, TRAINER'S 99.0 - -

ERISCOPE 20-5 - 20-

ERISCOPE MOUNT 5.16 - 5.16

TWO ASSEMBLIES.* ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES FOUR SEPARATE DRIVES, ONE EACH FOR INNER ANDUTER RINGS OF EACH FLAT.** ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES TWO SEPARATE PARBUCKLING GEARS, ONE EACH ONACH FLAT.

OTE: THIS INDEX DERIVED FROM SKETCH NOS. 132183, 138253.

136

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (8 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 176: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 176/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

8-INCH TURRET ASSEMBLY NO. 234 Turret III- USS Salem

ORDNANCE ASSEMBLY MARK AND MOD

RIGHT CENTER LEFT

UN 16.0 16.0 1

OUSING 1.0 1.0 1.1

AS EJECTOR 16.0 16.0 16.1LIDE 20.0 20.0 20.1

AMMER 18.0 18.0 18.1

ASE EJECTOR 1.0 1.0 1.1

ECK LUG 18.0 18.1* 18.0

LEVATING GEAR 23.0 23.1 23.2

RAINING GEAR - 22.0 -

ROJECTILE RING - 1.0** -ARBUCKLING GEAR - 1.0*** -

ROJECTILE HOIST 31.0 31.1 31.2

OWDER HOIST 36.0 36.0 36.1

IGHT - 32.0 -

LEVATION GUN ATTACHMENT 7.0 7.1 7.2

RAINING GUN ATTACHMENT - 7.0 -

UZE SETTER 20.0 20.0 20.0

IRING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IGHTING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT:

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR-REGULATOR 47.0 47.0 47.0

RAIN RECEIVER REGULATOR - 25.2 -

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR - - 45.0

UN TRAIN INDICATOR 25.7 - -

UN ELEVATION ORDER TRANSMITTER - - 4.0URRET TRAIN ORDER TRANSMITTER - 14.1 -

ADAR EQUIPMENT 27.0 - 27.0

NTENNA TRAIN DRIVE 5.0 - 5.0

OMPUTER - 3.9 -

MULTIPLE TURRET TRAIN INDICATOR - 12.9 -

UZE SETTING RECEIVER-REGULATOR 1.1 1.1 1.1

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (9 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 177: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 177/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

IGHT SETTER'S INDICATOR 8.0 - -

ELESCOPE, CHECKER'S - - 53.1

ELESCOPE, POINTER'S - - 98.0

ELESCOPE, TRAINER'S 99.0 - -

ERISCOPE 20-5 - 20-5

ERISCOPE MOUNT 5.16 - -5.16

TWO ASSEMBLIES.* ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES FOUR SEPARATE DRIVES, ONE EACH FOR INNERND OUTER RINGS OF EACH FLAT.** ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES TWO SEPARATE PARBUCKLING GEARS, ONE EACHN EACH FLAT.

OTE: THIS INDEX DERIVED FROM SKETCH NOS. 132184, 138253.

137

8-INCH TURRET ASSEMBLY NO. 244 Turret I- USS Des Moines

ORDNANCE ASSEMBLY MARK AND MOD

RIGHT CENTER LEF

UN 16.0 16.0 16.

OUSING 1.0 1.0 1.1

AS EJECTOR 16.0 16.0 16.1LIDE 20.0 20.0 20.

AMMER 18.0 18.0 18.1

ASE EJECTOR 1.0 1.0 1.1

ECK LUG 18.0 18.1* 18.0

LEVATING GEAR 23.0 23.1 23.2

RAINING GEAR - 22.0 -

ROJECTILE RING - 1.0** -

ARBUCKLING GEAR - 1 0*** -

ROJECTILE HOIST 31.0 31.1 31.2

OWDER HOIST 36.0 36.0 36.1

IGHT - 32.0 -

LEVATION GUN ATTACHMENT 7.0 7.1 7.2

RAINING GUN ATTACHMENT - 7.0 -

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (10 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 178: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 178/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

UZE SETTER 20.0 20.0 20.0

IRING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IGHTING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT:

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR - REGULATOR 47.0 47.0 47.0

RAIN RECEIVER - REGULATOR - 25.0 -

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR - - 45.0

UN TRAIN INDICATOR 25.7 - -

UN ELEVATION ORDER TRANSMITTER - - 4.0

OMPUTER - 3.9 -

MULTIPLE TURRET TRAIN INDICATOR - 12.7 -

UZE SETTING RECEIVER- REGULATOR 1.1 1.1 1.1

IGHT SETTER'S INDICATOR 8.0 - -

ELESCOPE, CHECKER'S - - 53.1ELESCOPE, POINTER'S - - 98.0

ELESCOPE, TRAINER'S 99.0 - -

ERISCOPE 20.5 - 20.

ERISCOPE MOUNT 5.16 - 5.16

TWO ASSEMBLIES.* ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES FOUR SEPARATE DRIVES, ONE EACH FOR INNER AND

UTER RINGS OF EACH FLAT.** ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES TWO SEPARATE PARBUCKLING GEARS, ONE EACH ONACH FLAT.

OTE: THIS INDEX DERIVED FROM SKETCH NOS. 132196. 138253.

138

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (11 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 179: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 179/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

8-INCH TURRET ASSEMBLY NO. 245 Turret II- USS Des Moines

ORDNANCE ASSEMBLY MARK AND MOD

RIGHT CENTER LEF

UN 16.0 16.0 16.

OUSING 1.0 1.0 1.1

AS EJECTOR 16.0 16.0 16.1LIDE 20.0 20.0 20.

AMMER 18.0 18.0 18.

ASE EJECTOR 1.0 1.0 1.1

ECK LUG 18.0 18.1* 18.0

LEVATING GEAR 23.0 23.1 23.2

RAINING GEAR - 22.0 -

ROJECTILE RING - 1.0** -ARBUCKLING GEAR - 1.0*** -

ROJECTILE HOIST 31.0 31.1 31.2

OWDER HOIST 36.0 36.0 36.1

IGHT - 32.0 -

LEVATION GUN ATTACHMENT 7.0 7.1 7.2

RAINING GUN ATTACHMENT - 7.0 -

UZE SETTER 20.0 20.0 20.0

IRING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IGHTING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT:

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR-REGULATOR 47.0 47.0 47.0

RAIN RECEIVER-REGULATOR - 25.1 -

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR - - 45.0

UN TRAIN INDICATOR 25.7 - -

UN ELEVATION ORDER TRANSMITTER - - 4.0URRET TRAIN ORDER TRANSMITTER - 14.1 -

ADAR EQUIPMENT 27.0 - 27.0

NTENNA TRAIN DRIVE 5.0 - 5.0

OMPUTER - 3.9 -

MULTIPLE TURRET TRAIN INDICATOR - 12.7 -

UZE SETTING RECEIVER-REGULATOR 1.1 1.1 1.1

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (12 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 180: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 180/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

IGHT SETTER'S INDICATOR 8.0 - -

ELESCOPE, CHECKER'S - - 53.1

ELESCOPE, POINTER'S - - 98.0

ELESCOPE, TRAINER'S 99.0 - -

ERISCOPE 20-5 - 20-

ERISCOPE MOUNT 5.16 - 5.16

TWO ASSEMBLIES.* ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES FOUR SEPARATE DRIVES, ONE EACH FOR INNER ANDUTER RINGS OF EACH FLAT.** ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES TWO SEPARATE PARBUCKLING GEARS, ONE EACH ONACH FLAT.

OTE: THIS INDEX DERIVED FROM SKETCH NOS. 132197. 138253.

139

8-INCH TURRET ASSEMBLY NO. 246 Turret III- USS Des Moines

ORDNANCE ASSEMBLY MARK AND MOD

RIGHT CENTER LEF

UN 16.0 16.0 16.

OUSING 1.0 1.0 1.1

AS EJECTOR 16.0 16.0 16.1LIDE 20.0 20.0 20.

AMMER 18.0 18.0 18.

ASE EJECTOR 1.0 1.0 1.1

ECK LUG 18.0 18.1* 18.0

LEVATING GEAR 23.0 23.1 23.2

RAINING GEAR - 22.0 -

ROJECTILE RING - 1.0** -

ARBUCKLING GEAR - 1.0*** -

ROJECTILE HOIST 31.0 31.1 31.2

OWDER HOIST 36.0 36.0 36.1

IGHT - 32.0 -

LEVATION GUN ATTACHMENT 7.0 7.1 7.2

RAINING GUN ATTACHMENT - 7.0 -

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (13 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 181: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 181/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

UZE SETTER 20.0 20.0 20.0

IRING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IGHTING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT:

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR-REGULATOR 47.0 47.0 47.0

RAIN RECEIVER-REGULATOR - 25.2 -

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR - - 45.0

UN TRAIN INDICATOR 25.7 - -

UN ELEVATION ORDER TRANSMITTER - - 4.0

URRET TRAIN ORDER TRANSMITTER - 14.1 -

ADAR EQUIPMENT 27.0 - 27.0

NTENNA TRAIN DRIVE 5.0 - 5.0

OMPUTER - 3.9 -

MULTIPLE TURRET TRAIN INDICATOR - 12.9 -UZE SETTING RECEIVER-REGULATOR 1.1 1.1 1.1

IGHT SETTER'S INDICATOR 8.0 - -

ELESCOPE, CHECKER'S - - 53.1

ELESCOPE, POINTER'S - - 98.0

ELESCOPE, TRAINER'S 99.0 - -

ERISCOPE 20-5 - 20-

ERISCOPE MOUNT 5.16 -5.16

TWO ASSEMBLIES.* ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES FOUR SEPARATE DRIVES, ONE EACH FOR INNER ANDUTER RINGS OF EACH FLAT.** ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES TWO SEPARATE PARBUCKLING GEARS, ONE EACH ONACH FLAT.

OTE: THIS INDEX DERIVED FROM SKETCH NOS. 132198, 138253.

140

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (14 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 182: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 182/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

8-INCH TURRET ASSEMBLY NO. 250 Turret I- USS Newport News

ORDNANCE ASSEMBLY MARK AND MOD

RIGHT CENTER LEF

UN 16.0 16.0 16.

OUSING 1.0 1.0 1.1

AS EJECTOR 16.0 16.0 16.1LIDE 20.0 20.0 20.

AMMER 18.0 18.0 18.1

ASE EJECTOR 1.0 1.0 1.1

ECK LUG 18.0 18.1* 18.0

LEVATING GEAR 23.0 23.1 23.2

RAINING GEAR - 22.0 -

ROJECTILE RING - 1.0** -ARBUCKLING GEAR - 1.0*** -

ROJECTILE HOIST 31.0 31.1 31.2

OWDER HOIST 36.0 36.0 36.1

IGHT - 32.0 -

LEVATION GUN ATTACHMENT 7.0 7.1 7.2

RAINING GUN ATTACHMENT - 7.0 -

UZE SETTER 20.0 20.0 20.0

IRING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IGHTING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT:

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR-REGULATOR 47.0 47.0 47.0

RAIN RECEIVER-REGULATOR - 25.0 -

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR - - 45.0

UN TRAIN INDICATOR 25.7 - -

UN ELEVATION ORDER TRANSMITTER - - 4.0OMPUTER - 3.9 -

MULTIPLE TURRET TRAIN INDICATOR - 12.7 -

UZE SETTING RECEIVER-REGULATOR 1.1 1.1 1.1

IGHT SETTER'S INDICATOR 8.0 - -

ELESCOPE, CHECKER'S - - 53.1

ELESCOPE, POINTER'S - - 98.0

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (15 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:37

Page 183: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 183/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

ELESCOPE, TRAINER'S 99.0 - -

ERISCOPE 20.5 - 20.5

ERISCOPE MOUNT 5.16 - 5.16

TWO ASSEMBLIES.* ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES FOUR SEPARATE DRIVES, ONE EACH FOR INNER AND

UTER RINGS OF EACH FLAT.** ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES TWO SEPARATE PARBUCKLING GEARS, ONE EACH ONACH FLAT.

OTE: THIS INDEX DERIVED FROM SKETCH NOS. 116888, 138253.

141

8-INCH TURRET ASSEMBLY NO. 251 Turret II- USS Newport News

ORDNANCE ASSEMBLY MARK AND MOD

RIGHT CENTER LEF

UN 16.0 16.0 16.

OUSING 1.0 1.0 1.1

AS EJECTOR 16.0 16.0 16.1

LIDE 20.0 20.0 20.

AMMER 18.0 18.0 18.1

ASE EJECTOR 1.0 1.0 1.1ECK LUG 18.0 18.1* 18.0

LEVATING GEAR 23.0 23.1 23.2

RAINING GEAR - 22.0 -

ROJECTILE RING - 1.0** -

ARBUCKLING GEAR - 1.0*** -

ROJECTILE HOIST 31.0 31.1 31.2

OWDER HOIST 36.0 36.0 36.1

IGHT - 32.0 -

LEVATION GUN ATTACHMENT 7.0 7.1 7.2

RAINING GUN ATTACHMENT - 7.0 -

UZE SETTER 20.0 20.0 20.0

IRING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IGHTING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (16 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 184: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 184/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

IRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT:

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR-REGULATOR 47.0 47.0 47.0

RAIN RECEIVER-REGULATOR - 25.1 -

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR - - 45.0

UN TRAIN INDICATOR 25.7 - -

UN ELEVATION ORDER TRANSMITTER - - 4.0

URRET TRAIN ORDER TRANSMITTER - 14.1 -

ADAR EQUIPMENT 27.0 - 27.0

NTENNA TRAIN DRIVE 5.0 - 5.0

OMPUTER - 3.9 -

MULTIPLE TURRET TRAIN INDICATOR - 12.7 -

UZE SETTING RECEIVER-REGULATOR 1.1 1.1 1.1

IGHT SETTER'S INDICATOR 8.0 - -

ELESCOPE, CHECKER'S - - 53.1ELESCOPE, POINTER'S - - 98.0

ELESCOPE, TRAINER'S 99.0 - -

ERISCOPE 20-5 - 20-

ERISCOPE MOUNT 5.1 -6 5.16

TWO ASSEMBLIES.* ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES FOUR SEPARATE DRIVES, ONE EACH FOR INNER AND

UTER RINGS OF EACH FLAT.** ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES TWO SEPARATE PARBUCKLING GEARS, ONE EACH ONACH FLAT.

OTE: THIS INDEX DERIVED FROM SKETCH NOS. 166889, 138253.

142

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (17 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 185: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 185/218

Page 186: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 186/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

IGHT SETTER'S INDICATOR 8.0 - -

ELESCOPE, CHECKER'S - - 53.1

ELESCOPE, POINTER'S - - 98.0

ELESCOPE, TRAINER'S 99.0 - -

ERISCOPE 20-5 - 20-

ERISCOPE MOUNT 5.16 - 5.16

TWO ASSEMBLIES.* ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES FOUR SEPARATE DRIVES, ONE EACH FOR INNER ANDUTER RINGS OF EACH FLAT.** ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES TWO SEPARATE PARBUCKLING GEARS, ONE EACH ONACH FLAT.

OTE: THIS INDEX DERIVED FROM SKETCH NOS. 166890, 138253.

143

8-INCH TURRET ASSEMBLY NO. 258 Turret III- USS Mississippi

ORDNANCE ASSEMBLY MARK AND MOD

RIGHT CENTER LEF

UN 16.0 16.0 16.

OUSING 1.0 1.0 1.1

AS EJECTOR 16.0 16.0 16.1LIDE 20.0 20.0 20.

AMMER 18.0 18.0 18.1

ASE EJECTOR 1.0 1.0 1.1

ECK LUG 18.0 18.1* 18.0

LEVATING GEAR 23.0 23.1 23.2

RAINING GEAR - 22.0 -

ROJECTILE RING - 1.0** -

ARBUCKLING GEAR - 1.0*** -

ROJECTILE HOIST 31.0 31.1 31.2

OWDER HOIST 36.0 36.0 36.1

IGHT - 32.0 -

LEVATION GUN ATTACHMENT 7.0 7.1 7.2

RAINING GUN ATTACHMENT - 7.0 -

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (19 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 187: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 187/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

UZE SETTER 20.0 20.0 20.0

IRING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IGHTING CIRCUIT - 8.0 -

IRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT:

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR-REGULATOR 47.0 47.0 47.0

RAIN RECEIVER-REGULATOR - 25.0# -

UN ELEVATION INDICATOR - - 45.0

UN TRAIN INDICATOR 25.7 - -

UN ELEVATION ORDER TRANSMITTER - - 4.0

URRET TRAIN ORDER TRANSMITTER - 14.1 -

ADAR EQUIPMENT 27.0 - 27.0

NTENNA TRAIN DRIVE 5.0 - 5.0

OMPUTER - 3.9 -

MULTIPLE TURRET TRAIN INDICATOR - 12.9 -UZE SETTING RECEIVER-REGULATOR 1.1 1.1 1.1

IGHT SETTER'S INDICATOR 8.0 - -

ELESCOPE, CHECKER'S - - 53.1

ELESCOPE, POINTER'S - - 98.0

ELESCOPE, TRAINER'S 99.0 - -

ERISCOPE 20-5 - 20-

ERISCOPE MOUNT 5.16 - 5.16

TWO ASSEMBLIES.* ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES FOUR SEPARATE DRIVES, ONE EACH FOR INNER ANDUTER RINGS OF EACH FLAT.** ONE ASSEMBLY COMPRISES TWO SEPARATE PARBUCKLING GEARS, ONE EACH ONACH FLAT.CHANGE GEARS AND MOD NOT ESTABLISHED AT DATE OF PUBLICATION.

OTE: THIS INDEX DERIVED FROM SKETCH NOS. 168636, 138253.

144

Appendix 4

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (20 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 188: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 188/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

reword

he statements and data of this appended sectionOrdnance Pamphlet 1180 are warnings andfety measures for operation of the turret.

he compilation is a recapitulation of the

erating precautions of all chapters of the sixlumes of the pamphlet, together with extracts

om U.S. Navy Regulations.

his precautionary material is of first importancethe turret organization; every member of theew should be thoroughly conversant with everyarning and the significance or reason for each.

S. NAVY REGULATIONS, EXTRACTS

om Article 972

As familiarity with any work, no matter howngerous, is apt to lead to carelessness, allrsons who may supervise or perform work innnection with the inspection, care, preparation,handling of ammunition-

1) Shall exercise the utmost care that allgulations and instructions are rigidly observed.

2) Shall carefully supervise those under themd frequently warn them of the necessity ofing the utmost precaution in the performance ofeir work. No relaxation of vigilance shall everpermitted.

In each part of the ship where ammunition isored or handled or where gunnery appliancese operated, such safety orders as apply shall bested in conspicuous places easy of access, ande personnel concerned shall be frequently andoroughly instructed and drilled in them.

Nothing in these safety orders shall be construed asauthorizing firing under such conditions.

4. The commanding officer shall at any time issuesuch additional safety orders as he may deemnecessary, and a report thereof shall be made to hisimmediate superior and to the Bureau of Ordnance.

5. When in doubt as to the exact meaning of anysafety order, an interpretation should be requestedfrom the Bureau of Ordnance.

6. The Bureau of Ordnance shall be informed of anycircumstances which conflict with these safety ordersor which for any other reason require changes in oradditions to them.

7. Helpful suggestions and constructive criticism ofthese orders are invited. They should be made to theBureau of Ordnance through official channels.

8. Changes, modifications in, or additions toordnance material, or other material used inconnection therewith, shall not be made withoutexplicit authority from the bureaus concerned.

9. Safety devices provided shall always be used toprevent possibility of accident, and shall be kept ingood order and operative at all times.

10. No ammunition shall be used in any gun forwhich it is not designated.

11. Handling of ammunition shall be reduced to theminimum to prevent immediate accident and .....damage to tanks and cartridge cases, loosenedprojectiles, ......

12. Service ammunition is supplied to ships for use inbattle. It shall not be used for drill, for testingappliances, or for other similar purposes except uponthe express authority of the Navy Department. It shallbe regarded as a part of the vessel's outfit, shall be

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (21 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 189: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 189/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

Conditions not covered by these safety ordersay arise which, in the opinion of themmanding officer, may render firing unsafe.

kept distinct from the ammunition used for gunneryexercises, and shall never be expended in gunneryexercises unless authorized in the orders for gunneryexercises or special instructions from the Bureau ofOrdnance.

145

. Special ammunition is issued for gunneryercises, except when a part of the ship'sowance of service ammunition is designatedr that purpose.

. Only such of the ammunition issued fornnery exercises as does not contain a primer,ze, or detonator may (at the discretion of the

mmanding officer) be used for testing the fit inists, guns, and appliances

. No other than drill ammunition shall be usedr drill.

. The unexpended portion of such ammunitionmay have been issued for a specific gunneryercise or experimental firing shall be turned in

soon as practicable, after such firing, to anmmunition depot, unless additional firings aremediately authorized by the Navy Department.

. Since the safety in handling and thesposition of ammunition depend upon therrectness of reports and records, care shall beken not to obliterate identification marks on

mmunition or to put it into incorrectly marked

ntainers. When ammunition in other thanrmal condition is returned to an ammunitionpot in compliance with these safetyecautions, it shall be marked to indicate itsndition and the reason for its return. If

mokeless powder is involved, the weight of themokeless powder returned shall also bedicated.

20. A loaded and fuzed projectile, seated in the boreof a gun that is hot from previous firing, presents ahazard since detonation of the projectile is probableas a result of being heated.* Whenever practicable,such projectiles should be disposed of promptly byfiring the round. Whether a gun is hot or cold, therisks attendant upon removing a loaded and fuzedprojectile seated in the bore, by backing out, are

considered unwarranted except in the case of gunsfor which existing instructions specifically prescribethis procedure.

22. Nose fuzes being sensitive, care shall be taken toprevent them from being struck as by the gun inrecoil, by ejected cases, by dropping, etc.**

23. Time fuzes which have been set shall be reset on

"safety" before sending them below.

26. Smokeless powder shall not be exposed to thedirect rays of the sun. Powder ..... in tanks, cartridgecases, ..... or in any other containers shall beprotected against abnormally high temperatures over100°F.)

28. If any smokeless powder be exposed to

temperature higher than 100°F., a special report shallbe made to the Bureau of Ordnance immediately,explaining the circumstances in detail and stating thetemperature and length of time the powder was soexposed.

29. Smokeless powder which has been wet from anycause whatever must be regarded as dangerous fordry storage. Such powder shall be completely

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (22 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 190: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 190/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

. Projectiles shall not be altered, nor shall fuzesany other parts be removed or disassembled onard ship without explicit instructions from the

ureau of Ordnance. Projectiles shall not beowed to rust or to become oversize throughint. Slings and grommets and other similarotective devices shall be removed before

ading projectiles into guns. Since the slings areely to jam the hoists, they shall be removedfore sending up the projectile.

. A fuzed projectile, or a cartridge case,hether in a container or not, if dropped from aight exceeding five feet, shall be set aside andrned in to a naval ammunition depot at the firstportunity. (See par. 17.) Such ammunition

all be handled with the greatest care.

immersed in fresh water and kept immersed andlanded at an ammunition depot at the firstopportunity. (See par. 17.)

30. Smokeless powder in leaky containers shall betransferred to airtight containers, and these must bemarked "Transferred from leaky containers." If

airtight containers are not available or if the containerin use cannot be repaired properly, the powder shallbe forwarded to an ammunition depot at the firstopportunity, the container being marked "Leakycontainer." (See par. 17.)

32. Naked lights, matches, or other flame-producingapparatus shall never be taken into magazines orother spaces used primarily as

* See also "cook-off" safety precautions on page 147.** See "Fuze setter retraction" instruction andprecautions, page 151.

146

agazines while these compartments contain

plosives.*

. Before performing any work which mayuse either an abnormally high temperature orintense local heat in a magazine or othermpartment used primarily as a magazine, allplosives shall be removed to safe storage untilrmal conditions have been restored.

. Magazines shall be kept scrupulously cleand dry at all times. Particular attention shall beid that no oily rags, waste, or other materialssceptible to spontaneous combustion are storedthem.

. Nothing shall be stored in magazines exceptplosives, containers, and authorized magazineuipment.

53. As soon as a gun is loaded the breech shall be

closed without delay.

55. A firing lock into which a live primer has beeninserted shall never be opened, either independentlyor by operation of the breech mechanism, unless thefiring circuit is broken externally at the lock orbreech mechanism (for example, at local pointer'skey or gun captain's ready switch), except when it isknown that the loaded gun has fired. This applies tothe firing of primers at drill, to the operation ofloaded guns, and the examination of primers referredto in paragraph 67.

57. Effective measures shall be taken to guard againstprematurely opening the breech of a loaded gun,whether or not the gun is filled with a salvo latch.

63. The utmost care shall be taken to insure that the

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (23 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 191: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 191/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

. During firing no other ammunition than thatmediately required shall be permitted to

main outside of the magazines.

. During action and during target practiceagazine blowers shall be shut down and Covers

both supply and exhaust branches toagazines shall be closed.

. When cartridges are outside the magazines,herever practicable, each flameproofmpartment or space which forms a stage of the

mmunition train, including the magazines andn compartments (in or out of turrets), shall be

osed from all other compartments or spaces,cept when the actual passage of ammunitionquires it to be open. Where practicable, nomeproof stage of the ammunition train shall been to both the preceding and the following

ages at the same time.**

. If flame seals be damaged during firing,cept in action, so that they cannot fulfill theirrpose, the gun or guns concerned shall ceaseing until the flame seals are again effective. 51.

xcept when using a power rammer, no forceeater than that which can be applied by thend alone shall be used in loading a livertridge into a gun. Any cartridge which doest freely and fully enter the chamber of the gunall be carefully extracted and put aside, and inace time no further attempt shall be made toe such a cartridge.

This means all compartments and levels of therrets.Particularly apply this rule to the hatches in

e pan and projectile flats and the turret circularundation doors.

firing pin and other parts of the firing mechanism ofa case gun are in good condition and properlyassembled in order to prevent premature discharge.

66. If a gun is loaded at the order "Cease firing."

(1) The gun shall remain loaded and shall be

pointed and trained in a safe direction;

(2) The breech mechanism shall be kept fullyclosed;

(3) The firing key shall be opened and the firingcircuit broken elsewhere;

The crew shall never leave a loaded gun until theseprecautions have been carried out.***

67. The possibility of a serious accident due toopening the breech of a gun too soon after a misfiredemands the constant exercise of the utmostprudence and caution. After an unsuccessful attemptto fire a gun, it shall be assumed that a hangfire isunder way; and the procedure outlined below shall befollowed:

(1) Keep the gun pointed and trained in a safedirection.

(2) Continue attempts to fire, if desired, providedsuch efforts do not involve any movement tending toopen the breech.

(3) Do not open the breech for 30 minutes ..... afterthe last attempt to fire. This, at the discretion of thecommanding officer, is not obligatory in time ofaction.

*** See "Cease fire" unloading instructions andprocedures, Chapter 5, OP 1180 (Volume 2).

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (24 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 192: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 192/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

147

. Ammunition unloaded from a gun may beoaded if the service of the gun is resumedthin a reasonable time. When it is apparent thate service of the gun will not be resumed within

easonable time, the powder unloaded from an shall be disposed of as follows:

he cartridge shall be turned in to an ammunitionpot at the first opportunity if-

1) The gun was warm when loaded;

2) An attempt was made to fire the gun;

3) After careful examination the cartridge isund injured or out of alignment.

imped cartridges shall not be broken downfore being turned in. Uncrimped cartridgesall be broken down and the powder immersedfresh water before being turned in.

. When a gun is being unloaded, all personnelt required for the unloading operation shall bept at a safe distance from the gun. The divisionficer shall supervise the unloading.

. Marks or indicators shall be provided todicate whether or not the gun returns tottery ..... The service of the gun shall be

opped should the gun fail to return to battery.*

. On guns equipped with hydropneumaticunterrecoil systems, the safety link, locking then to the slide, shall be connected up at. all

mes except when firing, or when testing anderhauling the counterrecoil systems, or whene battery is in a condition of readiness fortion. These safety links shall be disconnecteder checking the pressure on counterrecoil

officer who authorizes the unit to be moved by powershall, except at general quarters, insure that a safetywatch is maintained in areas where such injury ispossible both outside and inside the unit, and shall

have telephone or other effective voicecommunication established and maintained betweenthe station controlling the unit and the safety watch.These precautions are applicable to turrets ..... Underthe conditions stated above, the station controllingshall obtain a report "all clear" from each safetywatch before starting the unit. Each safety watchshall keep his assigned area clear and if unable to doso shall immediately report his unit fouled, and thecontrolling station shall promptly stop the unit untilagain clear.**

83. In turrets ..... a warning signal shall be installedoutside the turret ..... and whenever power train isused, except at general quarters, the officer or pettyofficer in charge of the turret ..... shall cause warningsignals to be sounded before using power and atintervals during its use.

84. When using director train while firing at gunneryexercises, an observer from the firing vessel for eachgun or turret shall cause the firing circuit to bebroken whenever the gun or turret is traineddangerously near any object other than the designatedtarget.

86. Except in action, whenever a circuit breakerbecomes so sensitive as to function due to the shockof firing, the circuit breaker shall be eitheroverhauled or replaced and shall not be tied or fixedin position so as to be inoperative for the purpose forwhich designed.

87. The covers of switches, circuit breakers, etc.,shall be kept securely closed while powder isexposed in the vicinity.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (25 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 193: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 193/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

stem and prior to firing.

. Fired cartridge cases shall, before storinglow, he stood on their bases in the open air forn minutes in order to avoid danger fromflammable gases. 81. In testing primers outsideclosed firing locks, no magneto or other device

hich can possibly supply current sufficient toe the primer shall be used.

. Whenever any motion of a power-driven unitcapable of inflicting in jury on personnel oraterial not continuously visible to the personntrolling such motion, the officer or petty

Gun will not fire if it is 0.25 inch, or more, outbattery. Thus observation of the indicator

arks is one of the checks for cause of misfire.

88. Whenever the guns of a vessel are fired, the firehose shall be connected and pressure shall bemaintained on the fire main. This does not requirewater to be running through the hose. ***

89. Turret and handling room sprinkling systemsshall be tested and all tanks of these systems filledbefore firing.

** This regulation is particularly applicable to CA139 class turrets.** It does in the instance of the firemain supply ofthis turret design.

148

. (a) Before firing any gun, other than aluting gun, in time of peace, the recoillinders shall be inspected and filled in the

esence of the gunnery officer or assistantnnery officers, and such officer shall check theessure being carried by the pneumatic counter-coil cylinders and verify that the air systems areoperly charged and that the valves of the gas-ector system operate freely; and a report thereofall be made to the commanding officer.

b) Whenever there is a possibility of action, themmanding officer shall require all recoil andunterrecoil systems to be kept ready formediate use and inspected as frequently asfety demands.

. Before firing primers, the division officer wille that the gun tompions are removed ..... Ineparing the battery for firing he shall, indition, see that the gas-ejector system, and the

and ammunition hoist until all personnel have beencleared from the slide and the gun pits.

DANGER . Never fire the guns with personnel on orin the truss girders or in the gun pits.

DANGER . Always close and secure the pan platehatches, the projectile flat hatches, and the turretcircular foundation doors before firing the gun.

DANGER . Always start the ventilating systems andopen the gas-ejector system valves before firing the

guns.

ORDNANCE EQUIPMENT PRECAUTIONS

Personnel danger

Always be sure that all operating ways of the gun,slide, and ammunition handling equipment are clearof personnel before operating the gun. When starting

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (26 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 194: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 194/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

rret-blower system are working satisfactorilyd that the bore of the gun is in satisfactoryndition.

. Steel constrictions of the bore, usually causedthe gun liner overriding the retaining

oulders in the tube, are a source of possible

nger in firing. It is not always possible tostinguish copper constrictions from steelnstrictions. Therefore no gun shall be fired inget practice unless the bore gage will pass

rough the entire bore without undue forcing.ter target practice the gage shall be tried inch gun and the bore enlarged, if necessary,til the gage will pass.

URRET GENERAL PRECAUTIONS

ANGER . Live 440-volt leads are exposedhenever covers of the bus transfer panel,uipment panels, controllers, motor terminalxes, and many of the control panels andnnection boxes are open.

ANGER . Never enter the cable trunk at the

ot of the central column or the wiring recess ate top until the 440-volt supply switches areen at NORMAL and EMERGENCY supply

witchboards.

ways open the 440-volt supply switch at theuipment panel as well as the controllerncerned when preparing to work on any poweriven assembly.

ever close the supply switches of the automaticntrol circuits of guns, elevating drives,

operations, never shift gun and hoists control supplyswitches A, B and C from their stowed OFFpositions, nor shift the hoist function control selectorlevers from their stowed positions at STOP, until allhoist loading stations report CLEAR and personnelare out of gun pits.

Never fire the guns without first checking therecuperator air pressure and differential fluid.

Man the gun captains' control panels at all times;never tie down the rammer controls.

Never put hands, feet or head into a hoist way or pathof a cradle, transfer tray, slide, or housing whenpower is ON.

DANGER . Never climb through the archways of theprojectile flats when the projectile ring power drivesare operating; always stop the electric motor of theinner drive ring.

Never attempt to parbuckle projectiles through thegates of the inner ring; always man-handle projectilesthrough the gates and then only when the power drive

is stopped.

Always use the steady arm mechanism to load theprojectile hoist; it is safer than manhandling.

Never start the elevating gear until the gun pits arecleared of all personnel.

DANGER . Never perform gun sliding-out exercisewithout setting the securing pin in its 20° elevationsocket.

Never enter the gun pits except when the slidesecuring device is engaged.

Always lash all projectiles carefully, inspecting alltoggle links, before going to sea.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (27 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 195: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 195/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

149

ways latch the transfer trays when manuallyloading the cradles to return ammunition unitsthe hoist.

ever return H.C. projectiles from the cradle toe hoist without first moving switch BW toAFE for an elapsed time of at least 30 seconds.

ways operate the elevating gear separately inAND control, slowly, when setting the slidecuring and steady rest pins at secured position.

ways latch the transfer trays in firing position

fore working in the slide loading-tray area.

ever perform maintenance work on gunuipment with valve T open.

ter any dismantling or repair work involvinge cradle control switches, perform a thoroughntinuity check of the circuits. This is extremelyportant; the connections can be reversed so

at the cradles can operate without the pawlnctioning to hold ammunition.

o not unscrew hydraulic adjustmentscessively. There is danger of injury torsonnel and equipment because of thedraulic pressure.

a cradle is raised to the slide to facilitate repair

ork in the gun pit, secure it with timber orshing before proceeding with the work.

ever adjust the gas-ejector pilot valve to causeejection for less than 2.5 seconds.

ARNING . Always observe all cautions listedder "Turret general precautions," page 149.

Uncouple the manual breech operating mechanism.

Make certain that all operating ways of breech andslide are clear.

Prove the gun control action by operating breech,rammer, and trays through two power cycles.

Observe the hoist operating precautions, under"Ammunition handling equipment precautions," page151, before serving ammunition.

FIRING PRECAUTIONS

Man the gun control panel at all times, never tiedown the rammer control. Observe the continuity ofthe control ready light system for every round; shiftthe ready switch to SAFE immediately if the actionstops.

MISFIRE PRECAUTIONS

Shift the READY switch to UNLOAD position atonce. Unload or fire the gun, observing NavyRegulations. See pages 147-148.

Never attempt to remove a jammed empty cartridgecase from the case-ejector rear compartment byoperating the transfer trays to FIRE; always extractthrough the portable cover at the rear end of the caseejector.

STOWING PRECAUTIONS

Secure the gun locking device immediately after"Cease fire."

Always seat the securing pin and run-out the steadyrest pin.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (28 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 196: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 196/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

quipment casualty

un equipment precautions

PREPARATION PRECAUTIONS

heck recuperator air pressure and differentialuid.

heck recoil cylinder fluid level.

heck the fluid level of all slide equipmentffers.

heck firing circuit interlock switches in transferys.

nship the tompions.

nlatch the case ejector cover and tighten thecuring bolts to their stowed positions.

sengage and stow the gun locking device.

etract the slide securing and steady rest pins.

Always stow with valve T closed.

Always install tompions or canvas covers on gunmuzzles.

Always close and secure the empty-case tube covers.

MISCELLANEOUS PRECAUTIONS

Do not attempt power operation of the breech withthe manual mechanism clutch engaged.

Use utmost care to avoid damaging the breechmechanism when removing a drill or live projectilefrom the gun chamber by means of the backing-out

rammer. If practicable, have guns trained fore or aftto minimize the effect of the roll of the ship.

Use clean, soft cloth only to wipe the recuperatorplunger. Scratches will cause loss of air charge. Norust-protection oil film is required.

Never use an organic or heavy oil or grease to coatthe gun bore, chamber, or gun and slide

150

ight work, or to lubricate the firing pin. Usethorized lubricant only.

ever use abrasives or detergent or causticlutions to remove discoloration or smoke rings

om the gun bore; use an oil-soaked cloth.

ways adjust the manual drive breechechanism handwheel release to slip at aaximum of 30 pounds pressure on thendwheel grip. This is a safety release which isss effective if set higher.

mmunition handling equipment precautions

shutter handle to swing the shutter to open detentposition.

The preferred safe direction for operating theprojectile rings to load center and right projectile

hoists is clockwise; for loading left hoist,counterclockwise. These directions of rotations givemore clear working area for the projectile men anddo not move loaded areas of the projectile ringstoward the steady arm operators.

When unloading the powder hoist, use the powdercan tool to unload the powder cases from the scuttles.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (29 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 197: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 197/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

efore raising ammunition into the cradles,rify that the ram retractor is at SAFE.

omplete ejection into the transfer trays cannotobtained with the retractor lug in the path of

e ram.

ever depress a hoist trigger with the hands,ways use the trigger handle to actuate the cycle.

ways retract the fuze setter when hoisting A.P.ojectiles.

ways secure the fuze setter in retracted positionhen stowing the hoist or when preparing tower projectiles.

hen handling powder between the magazinesd hoist scuttles, avoid rough treatment that mayuse the primer bridge to break.

ways stow the cradles in their loweredsitions.

a cradle is raised to the slide to facilitate repair

ork in the gun pit, secure it with timber orshing before proceeding with the work.

ever feed ammunition units into a hoist with theutters detented open.

"Cease fire," after ammunition has beenurned to the conveyor, restore the ram retractorSAFE position before securing.

ever use the steady arm mechanism to unloadojectile hoist. Loop the snubbing rope over theojectile to withdraw.

ever loop snubbing rope above the coppertating band on a projectile when parbucklingithout the steady arm); always loop the ropelow the rotating band.

Always stow projectile rings with both centering pinsof each securely seated.

Always lash all projectiles carefully, inspecting alltoggle links, before going to sea.

Always secure the steady arm mechanisms before

going to sea.

Never attempt to load or unload a projectile ringwhen it is in motion.

Always check the correct functional arrangement ofcircuit RP for the outer projectile ring warningsystem before starting operations.

Always inspect the projectile ring for loose tools orother obstructions before starting operations.

When reversing the direction of projectile ringrotation, permit the ring to come to a full stop beforereversing handwheel rotation.

Keep projectiles secured on the projectile ring untilrotation stops; then unclamp only the projectileswhich are to be parbuckled. In rough weather,unclamp the projectiles one by one as needed forparbuckling.

Always latch the transfer trays when manuallyloading the cradles to return ammunition units to thehoist.

Always stow the pawl handle for the projectile hoistupper loading level pawls in nonoperating position;assemble in its operating position only whenprojectiles are to be lowered to the lower projectileflats. When the pawl handle is used, secure it; do notlet it hang free.

Never return H.C. projectiles from the cradle to thehoist without first moving switch BW to SAFE for an

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (30 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 198: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 198/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

ever loop a snubbing rope more than three turnsound a gypsy head; two turns are usuallyfficient.

ever attempt to unload a hoist without latchinge shutters open; always use the

elapsed time of at least 30 seconds.

Always stow switch BW at OFF position.

Never adjust a gypsy head slip clutch to release at asnubbing rope pull in excess of 650 pounds.

151

efer to the "Personnel danger precautions" onges 149-150.

un laying equipment precautions

ways man the pointer's station whenever any

evating gear is operating.

ever attempt to start any elevating gear driveth the control selector switch in any positionher than HAND. When shifting the elevatingar controls from HAND to LOCAL, match theinter's handwheel dial to gun position beforeifting the selector switch to LOCAL.

ways synchronize gun position with gun orderfore shifting to AUTO control.

ways shift the control selector switch of eachevating gear drive to HAND position beforeopping the drive.

otect each elevating drive from backlashbration and seaway stresses by setting the

curing and steady rest pins at 0° securedsition when the drive is not operating.

ever attempt to adjust the elevating gear limitop without first disengaging the regulatorsponse-plus-tilt and elevating inputs.

ARNING . After servicing an elevating gear,not operate it with the inputs coupled until the

position with the train order before shifting thecontrol selector.

Always shift the control selector to HAND beforestopping the drive.

Operate the drive slowly in HAND when locatingcenter pin positions.

Protect the train drive from backlash and the rollerpath from deformation by setting both centering pinstight whenever the drive is not operating.

Never attempt to improve the operation of the trainreceiver-regulator if the performance is satisfactory.

Fire control equipment precautions

Never attempt to set the sights when any appreciableeffort is required to turn the sight setter's handcranks. Stop and investigate. Find and remove thecause of the abnormal load before resumingoperation.

Exercise the sights and gun attachments periodicallyand frequently through full range of movements.

Dry out and ventilate sight hoods daily. Clean anddry telescope objectives. Always keep the sight hoodshutters closed when the sights are not in use. Nevermake internal adjustments or open any fire controlinstrument without cause.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (31 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 199: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 199/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

e control instruments have been synchronizedth turret and gun laying movements.

ever attempt to improve the operation of anevation indicator-regulator if the performance istisfactory.

aining gear equipment precautions

ways man the trainer's station whenever theive is operating.

ways retract both centering pins before startinge training gear drive.

ways place the control selector lever at HANDfore starting the drive.

hen shifting from HAND to LOCAL and thenAUTO control, synchronize turret

When securing fire control equipment afteroperations, open all transmission, communication,and lighting circuits at the instrument controls as wellas the turret officer's transfer switchboard.

Never adjust sights and gun attachments withoutcause, and then only in the prescribed order.Adjustments made out of order will upset otheradjustments. Never attempt to improve the operationof fire control equipment if performance issatisfactory.

Whenever trouble occurs, test the equipment in alltypes of control, to isolate the cause, before resortingto disassembly or adjustment.

152

INDEX

Subject Page

Ammunition hoist equipment

general description 37-41

hoist controls 41

hoist power drive 41

powder hoist 41

projectile hoists 41

Auxiliary installationsair supply services 66, 67-69

communications 61-63, 65

counterrecoil air supply 68-69

gas ejector supply 67-68

hydraulic equipment filter system 69

illumination 64, 65, 67

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (32 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 200: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 200/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

power supply 49-50

sprinkling system 55-60

ventilating system 52, 54-55

Communications

automatic telephone system 65

battle telephone system 61

"cease firing" signal system 61

circuits, list 61

depression and train stop signal system 61

general arrangement 62-63

intra-turret emergency alarm system 61

ready light system 61

salvo signal system 61

sound-powered telephone call bell system 65supplementary sound-powered telephone 61, 65

train warning signal system 61

turret announcing system 61

Counterrecoil air supply

general description 68-69

Data

ordnance See Appendix 2 133-134

turret 3, 4

See also Appendix 1 131-132

Fire control equipment

fuze setting control 49

general description 43, 45

gun firing control 49

pointer's station 45-46

sights and gun attachments 43, 45

trainer's station 44-45

153

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (33 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 201: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 201/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

Subject Page

turret officer's control equipment 45, 47, 48-49

Firing operations

first round 104-108

gun laying, firing 109-113

normal automatic fire 108-109

range estimating 116-117

sighting 115-116

turret operation, hand (emergency) control 115

turret operation, local control 113-115

Fixed structure

base casting 11

barbette 11, 13

lower roller track 11powder handling flat 11

turret circular foundations 10

Gas ejector supply

general description 67-68

Gun and slide assemblies

gas ejector 23

gun 22gun control system 26-27

gun housing 23

slide 23-26

slide power equipment 26

Gun casualty operation

manual case ejection 120

manual case extraction 120

manual hoist operation 120-121

manual projectile extraction 120

misfire operations 117-120

Gun house

armor 4-5

details 3-4

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (34 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 202: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 202/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

general description 3

gun ports 5-6

structural plan 3-6

subdivision 6

Gun laying equipment

elevating gear 35

elevating gear control 35

general description 26, 29

pointer's control equipment 34, 35, 37

trainer's control equipment 30-31, 35

training gear 29

training gear control 29-30

Illumination

general turret 64-65instrument 65, 67

Index of assemblies

See Appendix 3 135-144

154

Subject Page

Hydraulic equipment filter system general description 69Ordnance data

See Appendix 2 133-134

Ordnance equipment preparations and starting operations energizingmain power circuit

99

general discussion 98

safety checks, operating precautions, tests 99

setting controls; energizing control circuits 102-104starting drives 99-102

Ordnance installations

ammunition hoist equipment 37-41

data

See Appendix 2 133-134

design identities 13, 15-16

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (35 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 203: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 203/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

designs 21

differences 13

fire control equipment 43-49

gun and slide assemblies 22-26

gun house ordnance arrangement 16-18

gun laying equipment 26-37

gun pits ordnance arrangement 18

index of assemblies

See Appendix 3 135-144

location arrangements 16

lower projectile flat ordnance arrangement 20

powder handling flat ordnance arrangement 20-21

projectile stowing and handling equipment 41-43

references 16types 13

upper projectile flat ordnance arrangement 19-20

Personnel duties

checker 87-89

computer operator 79-80

electrician (lower projectile flat) 91

electrician (turret officer's booth) 81

gun captains 81

gun captain's assistants 81-82

parbucklers 90-91

petty officer in charge (powder handling room) 91-93

pointer 87

powdermen 93

projectile ring operators 89, 91

projectile men 90-91radar operators 80-81

sight setter 85, 87

talkers 79

trainer 82-85

turret captain 78-79

turret officer 77-78

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (36 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 204: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 204/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

155

Subject Page

Power supply

general description 49-50

illumination supply 50, 52

Preparing for operation

casting loose 95-98

establishing communications 98

general 93

manning stations 93-91

starting operations 94-95

Projectile stowing and handling equipment

general description 41

parbuckling gear assemblies 42-43

projectile ring drives 41-42

Rotating structure

dimensions 3

general description 1-3

gun house structural plan 3-6

suspended structure 6-8Safety precautions

See Appendix 4 145-152

Securing operations

conditioning for stowing 123

securing 123-126

stopping equipment 121-123

Shiparmament vii-viii

description vii

Sprinkling system

air control plug cock 58-59

automatic rate-of-rise control devices 60

control stations 58-59

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (37 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 205: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 205/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

general arrangement 53, 55

general description 55

hydraulic control piping system 57-58

preparation for operation 59

rotating firemain connection 55

sprinkling distribution system 55-57

testing operation 60

turret firemain tubing 55

valve label plates and instruction plates 59

vent and gage air piping system 57

Stowing ammunition

hatchway route 126-127

hoist route 128-129

Structural assemblyarmor 4-5

general description 1

gun house structural plan 3-6

rotating structure 1-3

suspended structure 6-8

156

Subject Page

Suspended structure

details 6-8

general description 6

skirt plate 8

upper roller path 6

Turretair supply. services 66, 67-69

armor 4-5

auxiliary installations 49-69

captain 78-79

communications 61-63, 65

components 1

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (38 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 206: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 206/218

RUISER 8-INCH TURRET - PART 3

crew stations 74-76

data 3, 4

See also Appendix 1 131-132

firing cycle 73

firing operations 104-117

fixed structure 10-13

general description 1-69

hydraulic equipment filter system 69

illumination 64, 65, 67

officer 77-78

operation 71-129

operation, hand (emergency) control 115

ordnance installations 13-49

personnel duties 77-93personnel organization 73

power supply 49-50, 52

preparing for operation 93-98

roller bearing 8-10

rotating structure 1-8

securing 121-126

sprinkling system 53, 55-60

starting operations 98-104

structural assembly 1-13

suspended structure 6-8

ventilating system 52, 54-55

Turret data

armor 4

dimensions, rotating structure 3

See also Appendix 1 131-132Turret roller bearing

cage sectors 9-10

components 9

general description 8-9

roller access 10

rollers 9

ttp://www.hnsa.org/doc/cagun/part3.htm (39 of 40)5/2/2006 16:18:38

Page 207: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 207/218

Page 208: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 208/218

Historic Naval Ships Visitors Guide

Historic Naval Ships Association

Historic Naval ShipVisitors' Guide

Historic Naval Ships Listed By Location Historic Naval Ships Listed By Name Historic Naval Ships Listed By Type HNSA Ships with Overnight Programs HNSA Associate Members

About HNSA How To Join HNSA

Sources of Information

New- Historical Sound Online

New- WW II Destroyer Operating in 2006

New- Navy Documents and Manuals Online

HNSA Bulletin Board Standards for Historic Vessel Preservation Projects Job Postings in the Historic Fleet Join the next HNSA Conference , 9 Oct 2006 at HMS Belfast , London, U.K.

Search hnsa.org

istoric Naval Ships by Location:

USTRALIA

HMAS Ovens , Fremantle, Western AustraliaHMAS Diamantina , South Brisbane, QueenslandSS Forceful , South Brisbane, QueenslandHMAS Advance , Sydney, New South WalesCommando Boat Krait , Sydney, New South Wales

MB172 Epiclass , Sydney, New South WalesHMAS Onslow , Sydney, New South WalesHMAS Vampire , Sydney, New South Wales

ttp://www.hnsa.org/index.htm (1 of 8)5/2/2006 16:18:42

Page 209: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 209/218

Historic Naval Ships Visitors Guide

HMAS Whyalla , Whyalla, South Australia

ANADARV Ben Franklin , Vancouver, British ColumbiaRCMPV St. Roch , Vancouver, British ColumbiaHMCS Fraser , Bridgewater, Nova ScotiaHMCS Sackville , Halifax, Nova ScotiaHMCS Haida , Hamilton, Ontario

NGLANDHMS Belfast , LondonHMS Cavalier , Chatham

RANCEFS Colbert , Bordeaux

REECEB/S Georgios Averoff , Athens

RAELINS Af Al Pi Chen , HaifaINS Mivtach , Haifa

ETHERLANDSHNLMS Tonijn , Den Helder

HNLMS Abraham Crijnssen , Den HelderHNLMS Schorpioen , Den HelderHr. Ms. Buffel , RotterdamHr. Ms. Mercuur , Scheveningen

ORWAYM314 Alta , Oslo

ERU

BAP Abtao , Callao

USSIACruiser Aurora , St. PetersburgSoviet B-413 , KaliningradIcebreaker Krasin , St. Petersburg

WEDEN

ttp://www.hnsa.org/index.htm (2 of 8)5/2/2006 16:18:42

Page 210: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 210/218

Page 211: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 211/218

Historic Naval Ships Visitors Guide

USS Potomac , Oakland, CaliforniaLightship Relief , Oakland, CaliforniaSS Red Oak Victory , Richmond, CaliforniaUSCGC Fir , Rio Vista, CaliforniaPTF 26 , Rio Vista, CaliforniaUSAT LT-1967 , San Diego, CaliforniaSteam Yacht Medea , San Diego, CaliforniaUSS Midway , San Diego, CaliforniaSS Jeremiah O'Brien , San Francisco, CaliforniaUSS Pampanito , San Francisco, CaliforniaSS Lane Victory , San Pedro, CaliforniaPBR Mark II , Vallejo, California

onnecticutUSCG Boat Icebucket , Bridgeport, Connecticut

Japanese HA-8 , Groton, ConnecticutUSS Nautilus , Groton, ConnecticutItalian Siluro a Lenta Corsa , Groton, Connecticut, USAUSS X-1, Groton, ConnecticutAuxilliary Schooner Brilliant , Mystic, ConnecticutUSCGC Eagle , New London, Connecticut

elawareLightship Overfalls , Lewes, Delaware

strict Of ColumbiaUSS Barry , Washington, District of Columbia

LCVP , Washington, District of ColumbiaMotor Whaleboat , Washington, District of ColumbiaPCF-1 , Washington, District of ColumbiaRV Trieste , Washington, District of ColumbiaContinental Gunboat Philadelphia , Washington, District of Columbia

oridaPTF 3 , Deland, Florida, USAPBR Mark II , Orlando, Florida, USASS American Victory , Tampa, Florida

eorgiaCSS Chattahoochee , Columbus, GeorgiaCSS Jackson , Columbus, Georgia

ttp://www.hnsa.org/index.htm (4 of 8)5/2/2006 16:18:42

Page 212: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 212/218

Historic Naval Ships Visitors Guide

awaiiUSS Arizona , Honolulu, HawaiiUSS Bowfin , Honolulu, HawaiiJapanese Kaiten , Honolulu, HawaiiUSS Missouri , Honolulu, HawaiiUSS Utah , Honolulu, Hawaii

inoisGerman U-505 , Chicago, Illinois

dianaUSS LST-325 , Evansville, Indiana

waUSACOE Dredge William M. Black , Dubuque, Iowa

uisianaUSS Kidd , Baton Rouge, Louisiana

arylandLightship Chesapeake , Baltimore, MarylandUSS Constellation , Baltimore, MarylandSS John W. Brown , Baltimore, MarylandUSCGC Taney , Baltimore, Maryland

USS Torsk , Baltimore, Maryland

assachusettsUSS Cassin Young , Boston, MassachusettsUSS Constitution , Boston, MassachusettsTug Luna , Boston, Massachusetts

Demolition Boat , Fall River, Massachusetts Hiddensee , Fall River, MassachusettsUSS Joseph P. Kennedy, Jr , Fall River, Massachusetts

LCM 56 , Fall River, MassachusettsUSS Lionfish , Fall River, MassachusettsUSS Massachusetts , Fall River, MassachusettsPT 617 , Fall River, MassachusettsPT 796 , Fall River, MassachusettsUSS Salem , Quincy, MassachusettsGerman Seehund , Quincy, Massachusetts

ttp://www.hnsa.org/index.htm (5 of 8)5/2/2006 16:18:42

Page 213: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 213/218

Historic Naval Ships Visitors Guide

ichiganUSCGC Bramble , Port Huron, MichiganSS City Of Milwaukee , Manistee, MichiganUSCGC McLane , Muskegon, MichiganSS Milwaukee Clipper , Muskegon, MichiganUSS Silversides , Muskegon, Michigan

ississippiUSS Cairo , Vicksburg, Mississippi

issouriUSS Aries , Brunswick, Missouri

ebraskaUSS Hazard , Omaha, Nebraska

USS Marlin , Omaha, Nebraska

ew HampshireUSS Albacore , Portsmouth, New Hampshire

ew JerseyUSS New Jersey , Camden, New JerseyJapanese Kaiten , Hackensack, New JerseyUSS Ling , Hackensack, New Jersey

PBR Mark II , Hackensack, New JerseyGerman Seehund , Hackensack, New JerseyFenian Ram , Paterson, New Jersey

Holland Boat #1 , Paterson, New Jersey Intelligent Whale , Sea Girt, New Jersey

ew YorkUSS Slater , Albany, New York USS Croaker , Buffalo, New York USS Little Rock , Buffalo, New York PTF 17 , Buffalo, New York USS The Sullivans , Buffalo, New York MV Commander , Cornwall-on-Hudson, New York USS Growler , New York, New York USS Intrepid , New York, New York USAT LT-5 , Oswego, New York

ttp://www.hnsa.org/index.htm (6 of 8)5/2/2006 16:18:42

Page 214: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 214/218

Historic Naval Ships Visitors Guide

Admiral's Barge , Romulus, New York

orth CarolinaUSS North Carolina , Wilmington, North Carolina

hioUSS Cod , Cleveland, Ohio

SS William G. Mather , Cleveland, Ohio

klahomaUSS Batfish , Muskogee, Oklahoma

egonUSS Blueback , Portland, OregonPT-658 , Portland, Oregon

nnsylvaniaU.S. Brig Niagara , Erie, PennsylvaniaUSS Becuna , Philadelphia, PennsylvaniaUSS Olympia , Philadelphia, PennsylvaniaUSS Requin , Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

hode IslandSoviet Juliett 484 , Providence, Rhode Island

uth CarolinaUSCGC Ingham , Mount Pleasant, South CarolinaUSS Laffey Mount Pleasant, South CarolinaUSS Yorktown , Mount Pleasant, South CarolinaUSS Clamagore , Mount Pleasant, South CarolinaCSS H. L. Hunley , North Charleston, South Carolina

xasUSS Lexington , Corpus Christi, Texas

Admiral's Barge , Fredericksburg, TexasJapanese HA-19 , Fredericksburg, TexasPT 309 , Fredericksburg, TexasUSS Cavalla , Galveston, TexasUSS Stewart , Galveston, TexasUSS Texas , LaPorte, TexasUSS Orleck , Orange, Texas

ttp://www.hnsa.org/index.htm (7 of 8)5/2/2006 16:18:42

Page 215: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 215/218

Historic Naval Ships Visitors Guide

rginiaUSS Monitor , Newport News, VirginiaUSS Wisconsin , Norfolk, VirginiaRV Aluminaut , Richmond, Virginia

ashington

USS Turner Joy , Bremerton, WashingtonRV Deep Quest , Keyport, WashingtonRV Trieste II , Keyport, WashingtonTug Arthur Foss , Seattle, WashingtonLightship Swiftsure , Seattle, WashingtonSchooner Wawona , Seattle, Washington

isconsinUSS Cobia , Manitowoc, WisconsinUSCG Boat Icelander , Manitowoc, Wisconsin

opyright (C) 1998-2006 Historic Naval Ships Association.l Rights Reserved.gal Notices and Privacy Policy rsion 2.24, 28 Mar 06

ttp://www.hnsa.org/index.htm (8 of 8)5/2/2006 16:18:42

Page 216: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 216/218

Historic Naval Ships Visitors Guide - Legal Notices

HNSA Web Site Legal Notices

ability:

he materials on this website are intended to be for informational purposes only.

his Website (excluding linked sites) is controlled by HNSA from its offices within the State of Virginia,nited States of America. It can be accessed from all 50 states, as well as from other countries around theorld. As each of these jurisdictions has laws and regulations that may differ from those of the State ofrginia, by accessing this Website both you and HNSA agree that the statutes and laws of the State ofrginia, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof, will apply to all matters relating to use ofs website. In the case of a dispute, you and HNSA agree to submit to the exclusive personal jurisdictiond venue of the Superior Court of the County of Isle of Wight, Virginia and the United States District

ourt for Virginia with respect to such dispute.

NSA assumes no liability for the use or interpretation of information contained herein. This publicationprovided "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,CLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,TNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTYGHTS.

his website contains links to other resources on the Internet including our members, affiliates and others.hese links are provided solely as aids to assist you in locating other Internet resources that may be oferest. They are not intended to state or imply that HSNA sponsors, endorses, is affiliated or associated

th such linked sites. We do not control and cannot guaranty the relevance, timeliness, legality, cost,curacy or any other properties of sites linked from our site.

ivacy:

ur computer system uses software programs to create summary statistics that are used for determininge volume of visitors, sources of referrals, determination of other system performance areas, errors incess, and assessing what information is of most or least interest. HNSA collects and stores the followingformation, The name of the domain from which you access the Internet; The date and time you access

r web site; The pages you peruse and files you access; The Internet address of the web site from whichu linked directly to our site.

you choose to provide us with personal information, as in an email message or a web services requestrm, HSNA will use this information to respond to your request. There are times when your email mayforwarded to others both in and out of HNSA to better assist you. Except for the exceptions listedove and for authorized law enforcement activities, HNSA does not share email or other personalformation with outside individuals or organizations without obtaining your permission.

ttp://www.hnsa.org/notices.htm (1 of 3)5/2/2006 16:18:42

Page 217: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 217/218

Historic Naval Ships Visitors Guide - Legal Notices

uestions, comments and other communications that we receive may become part of the permanentcord of HNSA.

ou may send us e-mail. However you should not send us confidential or sensitive information via e-mailcause the security of Internet-based e-mail is uncertain. By sending unencrypted e-mail messagesntaining sensitive or confidential information, you accept the risks of such uncertainty and possible lackconfidentiality over the Internet.

opyright:

his web site is protected by copyright law and international treaties. Unauthorized reproduction orstribution of the content of this web site, or any portion thereof, may result in severe criminal or civilnalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.

ivate Use: Contents of this web site may be used for personal and/or educational purposes withoutstriction

ommercial Use: Contents of this web site, or any portion thereof, including but not limited to non-publicmain images, may not be used for any commercial purpose without specific authorization from HNSA.

he HNSA logo and HNSA crest are trademarks of HNSA.

otos, drawings, and text in the ship pages may also be the intellectual property of others and is subjecttheir restrictions.

isputes:

ould you have questions or disputes about these policies, please contact us with a detailed descriptionyour question or dispute at contact below.

ontact Information:

rector

storic Naval Ships Associationst Office Box 401

mithfield, VA 23431-0401l: (757) 356-9422x: (757) 356-9433

mail: [email protected]

eturn to the HNSA Guide .

ttp://www.hnsa.org/notices.htm (2 of 3)5/2/2006 16:18:42

Page 218: US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

8/12/2019 US Navy 8-Inch 3-Gun Turrets WW

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/us-navy-8-inch-3-gun-turrets-ww 218/218

Historic Naval Ships Visitors Guide - Legal Notices

opyright (C) 2004-2006, Historic Naval Ships Association.l Rights Reserved.rsion 1.06, 10 Jan 06